CATALOGUE ISSUE 1968-1969 SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN ■ÙS-/H Î3 SW ARTHMORE, PEN N SYLVAN IA A SC U SB IDS TH E LIBRARY The Bulletin , o f which this publication is Volume L X V I, N o. 1, is published in March, May, July, September, October, and twice in December by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081. Second Class postage paid at Swarthmore, Pennsyl­ vania 19081. Photographs by W alter H olt, James Purring, and Robert B. Cohen, ’65. (Printed in U. S. A .) SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN C A T A L O G U E ISSU E ■ 1 9 6 8 -1 9 6 9 SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA 19081 Volume LXVI ■ Number 1 ■ September 1968 DIRECTIONS FOR CORRESPONDENCE For Inform ation A b ou t: G E N E R A L C O L L E G E P O L IC Y Courtney Smith, President A D M ISSIO N S A N D SCH O LA R SH IPS Frederick A . Hargadon, Dean o f Admissions REC O R D S, T R A N S C R IP T S A N D C A T A L O G U E S John M . M oore, Registrar F IN A N C IA L IN F O R M A T IO N Edward K . Cratsley, Vice-President G. Caroline Shero, Associate Controller V O C A T IO N A L P L A C E M E N T A N D G U ID A N C E Virginia Bullitt, Director A L U M N I A F F A IR S A N D P U B L IC R E L A T IO N S Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N Maralyn Orbison Gillespie, D irector o f N ew s Office The Rhodes Scholarship Trust The Rhodes Scholarship Trust maintains an office in this country for the purpose of administering the selection o f American Rhodes Scholars and conducting the affairs o f the Rhodes Scholarships in the United States. This office was located at Swarthmore College during the presidency o f D r. Frank Aydelotte, w ho served as the first American Secretary. On the occasion o f the appointment o f Courtney Smith to the American Secretaryship this office was located in Princeton, N . J., and returned to Swarthmore when D r. Smith took up his duties as president o f the College in September 1953. American Secretary o f the Rhodes Scholarships, Courtney Smith Deputy American Secretary, Gilm ore Stott Secretary, Elsa Palmer Jenkins 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Ca l e n d a r ................................................................................................................... Pe r s o n n e l ................................................................................................................. The Corporation and The Board of Managers.............................................. Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C ou n cil.......................................... The Faculty................................................................................................ •••• Standing Committees ........................................................................................ Divisions and Departments . . . » ..................................................................... Administrative Officers and Assistants............................................................. Introduction to Swarthmore Co l l e g e ........................................................... A dm ission........................................................................................................... Expenses ............................................................................... Financial Aid and Scholarships....................................................................... Educational Resources........................................................................................ College L i f e .................................................................... Student Community .......................................................................................... T he Educational Pr o g r a m .................................................................................. Program for Freshmen and Sophomores......................................................... Program for Juniors and Seniors............................................ ! ...................... Reading for H o n o rs................................. Pre-Medical Program ........................... Faculty Regulations ....................................... Requirements for Graduation........................................................................... Advanced D egrees.............................................................•.............................. Awards and Prizes........................... Fellowships............................................. Courses of In str u c tio n ..................................... Art ..................................................................................................................... Astronomy......................................... Biology ............................................................................................................... Chemistry ........................................................................................................... Classics .......................................... Economics ........................................................................................................... Engineering........................................................................................................ English Literature.............................................................................................. H istory................................................................................................................. International Relations...................................................................................... Mathematics ....................................................................................................... Modem Languages and Literatures................................................................. M u sic.................. Philosophy and R eligion .................................................................................... Physical Education for M e n ............................................................................ Physical Education for W o m e n ...................................................................... Physics................................................................................................................. Political Science ................................................................................................ Psychology and Education................................................................................ Sociology and A nthropology........................................................................... Reference Se c t io n ................................................ Visiting Examiners............................................................................................ Degrees Conferred............................................................................................ Awards and Distinctions.................................................................................. Enrollment Statistics................................................................; ........................ Index ....................................... Plan of College G rounds ................................. 3 5 7 8 11 13 22 23 24 29 32 36 37 48 53 56 6i 63 64 65 67 70 72 73 74 76 79 8« 84 86 92 96 101 104 H7 122 127 128 133 146 150 158 160 162 166 172 179 183 184 186 190 192 193 195 1968 s M 6 7 13 14 2 0 21 27 28 OCTOBER s F w T T 4 5 3 1 2 9 10 1 1 12 8 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 2 9 3 0 31 NOVEMBER w T T s M 7 5 6 4 3 10 1 1 12 13 14 17 18 19 2 0 21 24 25 26 27 28 s F 1 2 9 8 15 16 22 23 29 30 DECEMBER W T F s s M T 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 2 9 3 0 31 1969 JANUARY s M T 6 7 5 12 13 14 19 2 0 21 26 27 28 s M 6 7 13 14 2 0 21 27 28 s M 6 7 13 14 2 0 21 27 28 s M 5 6 12 13 19 2 0 26 27 s w T F 4 3 1 2 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 2 9 3 0 31 s A P R IL s w T F 5 4 3 1 2 9 10 11 12 8 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 2 5 26 29 30 JU LY w s T F 4 5 1 2 3 8 9 10 1 1 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 2 9 3 0 31 T F 3 10 17 24 31 FEBRUARY w T T 6 4 5 3 2 9 10 1 1 12 13 16 17 18 19 2 0 23 24 25 26 27 T OCTOBER T W T 1 2 7 8 9 14 15 16 21 2 2 2 3 28 29 30 M s 4 11 18 25 s T M MAY W s 1 8 7 14 15 21 2 2 28 F F T 1 2 9 8 6 7 4 5 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 18 1 9 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 25 26 27 28 29 30 s AUGUST W T T M F 1 6 7 8 5 4 3 10 1 1 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 2 0 21 2 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 s M NOVEMBER w T T s 3 10 17 24 31 s M MARCH w T T F 7 4 5 6 3 10 1 1 12 13 14 17 18 19 2 0 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 2 9 16 23 30 8 1 8 15 22 29 JUNE w 8 T F s M T 7 4 5 6 3 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 8 2 9 16 23 30 7 14 21 28 8 s 1 8 15 22 29 7 14 21 28 s SEPTEM BER s w F T T 6 5 4 3 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 29 30 M DECEMBER F 7 4 5 6 2 3 9 10 1 1 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 23 2 4 25 26 27 28 30 s w F T T 6 5 4 3 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 2 9 3 0 31 M 1970 8 M 4 5 1 1 12 18 19 25 26 s M JAN UAR Y s W T F T 1 2 3 8 9 10 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 7 2 8 2 9 3 0 31 APRIL w T T F s 4 3 1 2 8 9 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY s W T F s M T 5 6 7 3 4 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 22 23 2 4 25 26 27 28 s M T MAY w T 7 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 2 0 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 8 F 1 2 9 8 15 16 22 23 29 30 MARCH 6 w T F s M T 7 6 5 4 1 2 3 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 2 9 3 0 31 s 7 14 21 28 JU N E F s w T M T 6 5 4 3 1 2 9 10 1 1 12 13 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 27 29 30 COLLEGE CALENDAR Fall Semester September September September September October 1 November November December December 1968 18-21 ........................... Freshman placement days 2 0 .................................. Meeting o f Honors students 2 1 .................................. Registration 2 3 .................................. Classes and honors seminars begin .........................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers 5 .................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers 28-30 ........................... Thanksgiving recess 3 .................................... Annual Meeting o f the Board o f Managers 20 ..................................Christmas vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. 1969 January 6 .........................................Christmas vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. January 6-14 .................................. Reading period for course students (at the option o f the instructor) January 1 4 ...................................... Classes and seminars end January 15 .......................................Meeting o f honors students January 1 7 ................ ......................Registration for spring semester January 2 0 ....................... ............Honors seminars begin for spring semester January 20 .......................................Mid-year examinations begin January 31 .......................................Mid-year examinations end Spring Semester February 3 ....................................... Classes begin February 4 .......................................Executive Committee o f the Board of Managers March 4 ........................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers March 21 .........................................Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. March 31 ......................................... Spring vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. April 1 ..............................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers May 2 ............................................... Honors seminars end May 6 ................................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers May 5-16 .........................................Reading period for course students (at the option o f the instructor) May 1 2 ............................................. Written honors examinations begin May 1 6 ............................................. Classes end May 1 9 ............................................. Enrollment in classes for fall semester May 21 ........................................... Course examinations begin May 2 4 .................................. ...........W ritten honors examinations end May 29-31 .......................................Oral honors examinations May 3 1 ............................................. Course examinations end June 2 - 4 ...........................................Senior comprehensive examinations June 6 ............................................. Meeting o f the Board o f Managers June 7 ............................................. Alumni Day June 8 ............................................. Baccalaureate Day June 9 ............................................. Commencement Day 5 COLLEGE CALENDAR (Tentative) Fall Semester September September September September October 7 November November December December 1969 17-20 ........................... Freshman placement days 1 9 ..................................Meeting o f honors students 2 0 ..................................Registration 22 ......... . . ....................Classes and honors seminars begin .........................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers 4 .................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers 27-29 ........................... Thanksgiving recess 2 .................................... Annual Meeting o f the Board o f Managers 19 ................. ..............Christmas vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. 1970 January 5 ............................. ...........Christmas vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. January 5-13 .................................. Reading period for course students (at the option o f the instructor) January 13 ...................................... Classes and seminars end January 14 .......................................Meeting o f honors students January 1 6 ...................................... Registration for spring semester January 19 ...................................... Honors seminars begin for spring semester January 19 ................................... .Mid-year examinations begin January 30 .......................................Mid-year examinations end Spring Semester February 2 . . ........................... .Classes begin February 3 .......................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers March 3 ........................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers March 20 .........................................Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. March 30 .........................................Spring vacation ends, 8:00 a.m. A pril 7 .............................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers May 1 ...............................................Honors seminars end May 5 ................................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers May 4-15 .........................................Reading period for course students (at the option o f the instructor) May 1 1 ............................................ Written honors examinations begin May 1 5 ............................................ Classes end May 1 8 ............................................ Enrollment in classes for fall semester May 2 0 .............................................Course examinations begin May 2 3 ............................................ Written honors examinations end May 28-30 ...................................... Oral honors examinations May 3 0 ............................................ Course examinations end June 1 - 3 ........... ............... ............... Senior comprehensive examinations June 5 ............................................. Meeting o f the Board o f Managers June 6 ............................................. Alumni Day June 7 ............................................. Baccalaureate Day June 8 ............................................. Commencement Day 6 P hilip T . Sharpies D in in g H all PERSONNEL OF SWARTHMORE COLLEGE THE CORPORATION Robert M. Browning , Chairman Hewitt H ill Farm, R. D . 2, South Royalton, Vt. 05068 Philip T . Sharpies , Vice-Chairman The Fidelity Bank Bldg., Suite 2532, 123 South Broad Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19109 Sue T homas T urner , Secretary Cook Road, Alfred Station, N ew Y ork 14803 Joseph B. Shane , Assistant Secretary Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081 Richard B. W illis, Treasurer Provident National Bank, P. O. Box 7648, Philadelphia, Pa. 19101 Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081 BOARD OF MANAGERS E x officio Courtney Smith , President of Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081. Emeriti Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett , 100 W est University Parkway, Baltimore, Md. 21210. Isabel Jenkins Booth , Jefferson House, The Strand, N ew Castle, D el. 19720. Barclay W hite , 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104. A lfred H . W illiams, 216 N . Providence Road, W allingford, Pa. 19086. Joseph H. W illits, Box 4 4 lA , Bridgetown Pike, R. D . 1, Langhorne, Pa. 19047. U f e Members Eleanor Stabler C larke, Crumwald Farm, 401 Rogers Lane, W allingford, Pa. 19086. H adassah M. L. H olcombe, 1025 W estview Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19119. C laude C. Smith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 19110. H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, W estover Hills, W ilmington, Del. 19806. Term Expires D ecem ber, 1968 Boyd T . Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 19107. K ermit G ordon, 2202 W yom ing Ave. N .W ., Washington, D . C. 20008. H. T homas H allowell , Jr ., T he Benson East, Jenkintown, Pa. 19046. T homas B. M cCabe, Tinicum Island Rd. and Industrial Highway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19113. »E sther Ridpath D elaplaine , 6402 W est Halbert Rd., Bethesda, M d. 20034. » W alter O . Sim on , 15 Granite Road, Alapocas, W ilm ington, D el. 19803. * Nominated by the Alumni Association. 8 Term Expires December, 1969 W illiam F. Lee, 5 Guernsey Road, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081. Kathryn Sonneborn Read, 5407 Atlantic Avenue, Ventnor, N . J. 08406. Philip T . Sharples, The Fidelity Bank Bldg., Suite 2532, 123 South Broad Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19109. Sue T homas T urner , Cook Road, Alfred Station, N ew Y ork 14803. Richard B. W illis, Provident National Bank, P. O. Box 7648, Philadelphia, Pa. 19101. «H elen Shilcock P ost, 312 Whitemarsh Valley Rd., Fort Washington, Pa. 19034. ♦Robert H . W ilson, 403 Cedar Lane, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081. Term Expires Decem ber, 1970 Charles F. Barber, 120 Broadway, N ew York, N . Y . 10005. Carroll G . Bowen , 10 Ash Street Place, Cambridge, Mass. 02138. Robert M. Browning , Hewitt H ill Farm, R. D. 2, South Royalton, Vt. 05068. V irginia Stratton C ornell, Central Valley, N . Y . 10917. D orothy Shoemaker M cD iarmid, 390 Maple Ave., East Vienna, Va. 22180. Charles C. Price, III, 118 H illdale Road, Lansdowne, Pa. 19050. ♦Edwin M . Bush, Jr ., 120 S. La Salle, Chicago, Illinois 60603. ♦Mary B. N ew m an , 5 W illard Street, Cambridge, Mass. 02138. Term Expires Decem ber, 1971 Carl K . D ellmuth , T he Fidelity Bank, Philadelphia, Pa. 19109. Stephen G. Lax , G -L Industries, W estville, N . J. 08093. Isabel Logan Lyo n , 70 East 90th Street, N ew York, N . Y . 10028. W illiam Poole, 350 Delaware Trust Bldg., W ilm ington, D el. 19801. H oward S. T urner , Turner Construction Co., 150 E. 42nd Street, N ew York, N . Y . 10017. ♦G. Lupton Broomell , Jr ., Leeds and Northrup Co., N orth W ales, Pa. 19454. ♦An n Lapham Frazer, 510 Beatty Road, Springfield, Pa. 19064. Committees of the Board T he Chairman o f the Board i. e x officio a member o f every Committee Executive Boyd T. Barnard Eleanor Stabler C larke Carl K. D ellmuth H. T homas Hallowell , Jr . W illiam F. Lee T homas B. M cCabe Charles C. Price, III K athryn Sonneborn R ead Philip T. Sharples C laude C. Smith H oward S. T urner Sue T homas T urner Richard B. W illis H elen G awthrop W orth Finance and Trusts Administration Richard B. W illis Carl K. D ellmuth H. T homas H allowell , Jr . T homas B. M cCabe C laude C. Smith H oward S. T urner Instruction and Libraries Charles C. Price, III Charles F. Barber Carroll G. Bowen Esther Ridpath D elaplaine K ermit G ordon H adassah M. L. H olcombe W illiam Poole C laude C. Smith Sue T homas T urner H elen G awthrop W orth * Nominated by the Alumni Association. 9 Investment T homas B. M cCabe Boyd T. Barnard Richard C. Bond H. T homas H allowell , Jr . J. Lawrence Shane Philip T. Sharples Richard B. W illis Property W illiam Boyd T. V irginia M ary B. F. Lee Barnard Stratton Cornell N ewman K athryn Sonneborn Read W alter O. Simon H oward S. T urner Robert H. W ilson Student Activities Sue T homas T urner Carroll G. Bowen G. Lupto N Broomell, Jr . Edwin M. Bush , Jr . Eleanor Stabler C larke Esther Ridpath D elaplaine A n n Lapham Frazer Stephen G. Lax Isabel Logan Lyon D orothy Shoemaker M cD iarmid H elen Shilcock P ost Claude C. Smith Nominating Richard B. W illis V irginia Stratton Cornell Carl K. D ellmuth Isabel Logan Lyon H elen Shilcock Post H oward S. T urner Developm ent Carl K. D ellmuth V irginia Stratton Cornell H. T homas H allowell , Jr. Stephen G. Lax W illiam F. Lee Isabel Logan Lyon W illiam Poole Philip T. Sharples W alter O. Simon Robert H. W ilson 10 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS 1967-1969 President, T homas B. D arlington ’45, Box 156, N ew Lisbon, N . J. 08046. Vice-President for Men, John L. D ugan , Jr . '43, 5 H illside Ave., Short Hills, N . J. 07078. Vice-President fo r W om en, C ornelia C larke Schmidt ’46, 147 Brookstone Dr., Princeton, N . J. 08540. Secretary, N ancy R obinson Posel ’ 51, 1060 M ill Rd. Cr., Jenkintown, Pa. 19046. ALUMNI COUNCIL T erm Expires June Z on e A 1969 Peter W . K aiser ’ 43, 921 W inding Lane, Media, Pa. 19063. J. Lawrence Shane ’ 56, 21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081. Lawrence A . Y earsley ’48, R. D . 3, Coatesville, Pa. 19320. 1970 H enry J. Bode ’ 55, 18 Eastwood Dr., Wilbraham, Mass. 01095. T homas D . Jones, Jr . ’ 53, 212 Herrontown Rd., Princeton, N. J. 08540. 1971 A lan R. H unt ’ 51, 603 Ogden Ave., Swarthmore, Pa. 19081. John A . M iller, II ’4 l, 913 W in din g Lane, Media, Pa. 19063. 1969 Elizabeth D obson Broomell ’ 37, Gypsy H ill & Evans Rd., Gwynedd Val­ ley, Pa. 19437. 1970 1971 Bolling Byrd Clarke ’49, 430 Strath Haven Ave., Swarthmore, Pa. 19081. Y vonne M otley M cCabe ’ 50, 412 Rogers Lane, W allingford, Pa. 19086. Esther Jones Bissell '50, 634 W . Cliveden St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19119. M argery Paxson Jones ’ 56, 308 W oodbridge Lane, Media, Pa. 19063. H olly R oss D raper ’ 37, 1625 Montgomery Ave., Villanova, Pa. 19085. Ruth W ilcox M ahler ’ 49, 258 M oore Street, Princeton, N . J. 08540. Z on e B 1969 1970 1971 1969 1970 James H. Beardsley ’ 38, Pine H ill Drive, R. F. D . 1, Katonah, N . Y. 10536. Jerome K ohlberg, Jr . ’46, 4 Quarry Rd., Larchmont, N . Y . 10538. Charles N . Stabler ’ 50, Box 306, Rocky H ill, N ew Jersey 08553. Stephen L. Beers ’43, 19 Kelburne Ave., N . Tarrytown, N . Y . 10591. Samuel L. H ayes III ’ 57, 560 Riverside Dr., N ew York, N . Y . 10027. M uriel Eckes Z acharias ’ 37, 433 Ridgefield Rd., W ilton, Conn. 06897. G loria Evans D illenbeck ’ 47, 236 Highland Ave., Upper Montclair, N . J. 07043. 1971 Barbara M uller O rnstein ’ 49, 1099 K ing Street, Greenwich, Conn. 06830. Elinor P. G riest ’43, 24 E. Tenth St., N ew York, N . Y . 10003. T amzin M acD onald M cM inn ’ 58, 90 May Dr., Chatham, N . J. 07928. Z on e C 1969 T homas A. K ershaw , II ’ 60, 25 Chestnut Street, Boston, Mass. 02108. Elinor Jones Clapp ’46, 309 Olney Street, Providence, R. I. 02906. 1970 1971 1970 Charles A . Caldwell ’ 38, 1118 Basil Road, McLean, Va. 22101. Frank A. Sieverts ’ 55, 4216 Mathewson Dr., N .W ., Washington, D . C. 20011. Sally M acLellan Councill ’46, 5604 N ewington Rd., Washington, D . C. 1971 Elizabeth Gawthrop D onnelly ’43, 11 W . Kirke St., Chevy Chase, Md. Z on e D 20016. 20015. 11 Zon e E 1969 W . D ean T rautman ’ 42, 12 Pepperwood Lane, Cleveland, O hio 44124. M arianne Leas W olfe ’ 50, 7066 W oodland Road, Ben Avon, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15202. 1970 Joseph P. Baker ’ 59, 1701 Lee Rd., Apt. 215c, W inter Park, Fla. 32789. Robin Cooley Krivanek , 2802 Gaines Street, Tampa, Fla. 33618. 1970 G eoffrey C. H azard, Jr . ’ 53, 4808 S. Kimbark Ave., Chicago, 111. 60615. O rville R. W right, Jr. ’ 54, 11009 Territorial Dr., Burnsville, Minn. 55378. Elizabeth D arbishire M cN eill '43, 5327 S. University Ave., Chicago, 111. Z on e F Z on e G 1971 1970 60615. 1971 Laudie D immette Porter ’ 57, 202 Elm, Northfield, Minn. 55057. Z on e H 1969 1971 1969 1971 W alter M. D ickey ’61, 1749 Valpico Drive, San Jose, Calif. 95124. Richard W . Coles '61, 508 Citadel Ave., Claremont, Calif. 91711. A lice Rickey Jakle ’ 39, 11634 W in din g W ay, Los Altos, Calif. 94022. Barbara H addad Ryan ’ 59, 1 D ow ning Street, Denver, Colo. 80218. 12 THE FACULTY Courtney Smith , P resid en t....................................................................324 Cedar Lane B.A., M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H .D., and Litt.D. Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (Finance), Controller, and Professor o f Eco­ nomics ...........................................................................................741 Harvard Avenue B.A., College o f W ooster; M .B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University. Joseph B. Shane , Vice-President (Public Relations and Alumni Affairs) and Pro­ fessor o f E d ucation ...........................................................................550 Elm Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. G ilmore Stott , Administrative Assistant to the President, and Lecturer in Phi­ losophy ................................................................................... 318 Dartmouth Avenue B.A. and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University o f O x­ ford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University. Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor o f C la ssics......................... 406 W alnut Lane B.A., Randolph-Macon W om an’s College; M .A., N ew Y ork University; Ph.D., University o f Chicago. John M. M oore, Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor o f Philosophy and Re­ ligion .................... ..........................................................................512 Ogden Avenue B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A., Harvard Uni­ versity; Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert A. Barr, Jr ., Dean o f M e n ........................................... 109 Columbia Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. Barbara P earson Lange , Dean o f W o m e n ......................................... 1 Crum Ledge Frederick A. H argadon, Dean o f Admissions and Lecturer in Political Science, Cunningham House B.A., Haverford College. James F. G ov an , L ibrarian ..................................................................730 Y ale Avenue B.A., The University o f the South; M .A., Emory University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. Martha A. Connor , Associate Librarian............................. 325 Dartmouth Avenue B.S., M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Emeriti Mary A lbertson , Isaac H . Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History and Interna­ tional R ela tio n s............................................................................. 505 Ogden Avenue B.A., M .A . and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College. Lydia Baer , Associate Professor Emeritus o f German, Manatee River Hotel, Bradenton, Fla. B.A., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Edward H. Cox , Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus o f Chemistry, 509 Ogden Ave. B.S., Earlham College; M .A ., Harvard University; Docteur ès Science, L’Uni­ versité de Genève, Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier; D.Sc., Earlham College. H enry Jermain M aude Creighton, Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus o f Chem­ istry .................................. Tigh-Solas, G len Margaret, N ova Scotia, Canada B.A., M .A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University o f Birming­ ham; D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Ziirich; D.Sc., Swarthmore College. Robert H. D u n n , Associate Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men, 811 Westdale Avenue B.S., Temple University. D uncan G raham Foster, Professor Emeritus o f Chemistry . . . .15 Crest Lane B.A. and M .A., Harvard University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. Milan W . G arrett, Professor Emeritus o f Physics, 101 Orchard Circle, Oak Ridge, Tenn. B.A. and M .A . Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., University o f Oxford. Philip M arshall H icks, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus of English Literature .................... .......................................................... Avondale, Pa. B.A. and M .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. 13 Everett L. H u nt , Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus o f English, 211 N . Princeton Avenue B.A., Huron College; M .A., University o f Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College. H oward M alcolm Jenkins, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f E n g in eerin g ............................................................. 506 N orth Chester Road B.A. and E.E. Swarthmore College. Fredric K lees, Professor Emeritus o f E n g lis h ................ 220 South Chester Road B.A., Bowdoin College. O lga Lang , Associate Professor Emeritus o f Russian, 352 W . 110th St., N ew York, N . Y . Graduate, University o f M oscow ; Ph.D., Columbia University. H arold M . M arch , Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus o f French, 18 Day St., Northampton, Mass. B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Y ale University. Edith Philips, Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus o f French, 517 Elm Avenue B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris. James D . Sorber, Professor Emeritus o f S p an ish ......................... 404 W alnut Lane B.A., Lehigh University; M .A ., University o f Nebraska. A lfred J. Sw a n , Professor Emeritus o f Music, 773 College Avenue, Haverford, Pa. B.A. and M .A ., University o f Oxford. C lair W ilcox, Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus o f Political Economy, 510 Ogden Avenue B.S., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., O hio State University; Ph.D., Uni­ versity o f Pennsylvania. Elizabeth Cox W right, Professor Emeritus o f English, Rose Valley Road, Moylan, Pa. B.A., W ellesley College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Professors Edwin A llaire, Visiting Professor o f P h ilo s o p h y ................ Swarthmore College B.A., D rew University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Iowa. M onroe C. Beardsley, Charles and Harriett C ox M cD ow ell Professor o f Phi­ losophy ................................................1916 Delancey Place, Philadelphia, Pa. B.A. and Ph.D., Y ale University. G eorge J. Becker, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor o f English, 401 W alnut Lane B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Washington. W ilhelm Becker, Visiting Professor o f Astronomy (University o f Basel) Swarthmore College Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin. JPaul H. Beik, Centennial Professor o f History ......................... 4 W hittier Place B.A., Union College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University. H einrich Brinkmann , Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professor of Mathematics .................................................. ....................................403 W alnut Lane B.A., Stanford University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University. Samuel T . Carpenter, Isaiah V. Williamson Professor o f Civil and Mechanical E n gin eerin g.................................. ................................................. 612 Ogden Avenue B.C.E., C.E. and M.S., O hio State University. H ilde D . Cohn , Professor o f German ......................... .... .302 North Chester Road Dr. Phil., University o f Heidelberg. D avid Cowden , Professor o f E n g lis h ........................... ............... 312 Ogden Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University. W . C. Elmore, M orris L. Clothier Professor o f P h y s ic s ............525 W alnut Lane B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University. Robert K. Enders, Isaac H . Clothier, Jr. Professor o f Biology . . .311 Elm Avenue B.A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan. E. J. Faulkner , Professor o f Physical Education fo r M en . . 235 Dickinson Avenue $ Absent on leave, 1968-69. 14 Edward A . Fehnel , Professor o f C h em istry........................... ■ 600 Elm Avenue B.S., M.S., and Ph.D., Lehigh University. James A. Field, Jr ., Isaac H . Clothier Prof essor of History . .612 Hillborn Avenue B.S., M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University. Launce J. Flemister, Professor o f Zoology, Rogers Lane and Plush M ill Road, W allingford, Pa. B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., D uke University. iCHARLES E. G ilbert, Professor o f Political S c ie n c e ........... 223 Kenyon Avenue B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University. W alter B. K eighton , Jr ., Edmund Allen Professor o f Chemistry, 311 Cedar Lane B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University. Laurence D . Lafore, Professor o f H i s t o r y ........................... Swarthmore College B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy. . . tL uzern G. Livingston, Professor o f B o ta n y ......... ..................15 Dartmouth Circle B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University o f W isconsin. . W illem T Luyten , Visiting Professor o f Astronomy (University o f Minnesota) Swarthmore College Ph.D., University o f Leiden. M autner , Professor o f German ..................................408 W alnut Lane Dr. Phil., University o f Vienna. John D . M cCrum m , Howard N . and Ada J. Eavenson Professor o f Engineering, J 506 North Chester Rd. j Franz H. B.A. and M.S., University o f Colorado. N orman A. M einkoth , Professor o f Zoology, HBW „ . , ., „ 431 W est W oodland Avenue, Springfield, Pa. B. o f Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Illinois. . . Bernard M orrill, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor o f Engineering, 21 Oberlin Avenue B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M.M.E., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University o f Michigan. I H elen F. N orth , Centennial Professor o f C lassics.................... 604 Ogden Avenue B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Cornell University. Martin O stwald, Professor o f Classics ....................................... 2n / U llttJer. B.A., University o f Toronto; M .A ., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia University. _ . T Roland Pennock , Richter Professor o f Political Science . . . . 3 W hittier Place B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University. Frank C. Pierson, Joseph Wharton Professor o f Political Economy, 740 Ogden Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University. H edley H. Rhys, Professor o f A rt H is t o r y ................ •■••••••• ■512 Elm Avenue B.A., W est Virginia University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University. D avid Rosen, Professor o f Mathematics ................ 336 N orth Princeton Avenue B.A., N ew Y ork University; M .A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. . . . . . . . . 5 Whittier Place B.A. Yeshiva College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University. D avid G.’ Smith , Professor o f Political S c ie n c e ..............¡fm fim Harvard Avenue B.A. and M .A., University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- D avid L.’ Rosenhan , Professor o f P s y c h o lo g y ......... versity. i Francis P. T afoya , Professor o f F r e n c h .........................635 North Chester Road BA and M .A ., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Yale University. Frederick B. T olles, Howard M . and Charles F. Jenkins Professor o f Quaker History and Research and D irector o f the Friends Historical Library, J 606 Elm Avenue B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Litt., Haverford College. $ Absent on leave, 1968-69. t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69. 15 Peter van de K am p , Edward H icks M agill Professor o f Astronomy and Director o f Sprout Observatory ............................................................. 15 Wellesley Road Cand. and Docts., University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University o f California; D . Phil., University o f Groningen. Robert M. W alker, Professor o f A rt History ......................... 212 Elm Avenue B.A. and M .F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University. H ans W allach , Centennial Professor o f P s y c h o lo g y ................604 Elm Avenue Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin. N eal A . W eber, Professor o f Z o o l o g y ........................................... l W hittier Place B.A., M.S., and D.Sc., University o f North Dakota; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University. H arrison M orris W right, Professor o f H i s t o r y ......................... 319 Cedar Lane B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Harvard University. A ssociate Professors G eorge C. A very, Associate Professor of G e r m a n ........... 230 Haverford Avenue B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Carl Barus, Associate Professor o f Electrical Engineering . . . . 8 W hittier Place B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology. D aniel Bennett , Associate Professor o f P h ilo s o p h y ................ 515 Elm Avenue B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Stanford University. O lexa-M yron Bilaniuk , Associate Professor o f P h y s ic s ................ 4 Crum Ledge Ingénieur, Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S., M .A., and Ph.D., Uni­ versity o f Michigan. D avid L. Bowler , Associate Professor o f Electrical Engineering, 505 Y ale Avenue B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University. Leon Bramson , Associate Professor o f S o c io lo g y .................... 333 Vassar Avenue B.A. and M .A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., Harvard University. Raymond D oby, Associate Professor o f Engineering ........... Dartmouth House B.M.E. and M.S., N ew Y ork University; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Lewis H. Elverson, Associate Professor o f Physical Education for Men, 6 W hittier Place B.S., University o f Pennsylvania. Sheldon Feldman , Associate Professor o f P s y ch o lo g y ............Swarthmore College B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Y ale University. A lan Friedman , Associate Professor o f E n g lis h .................... Swarthmore College B.A., Harvard University; M .A., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Columbia University. {K enneth J. G ergen, Associate Professor o f Psychology . . . . 602 Elm Avenue B.A., Y ale University; Ph.D., D uke University. M ark A . H eald, Associate Professor o f Physics ................ 420 Rutgers Avenue B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University. Stevens H eckscher, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, Pritchard Lane, W allingford, Pa. B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University. Eleanor K. H ess, Associate Professor o f Physical Education for W om en, 302 N . Chester Road B.S. and M.S., University o f Pennsylvania. T imothy K. K itao , Associate Professor o f A rt H istory . . 317 North Chester Road B.A. and M .A., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard Uni­ versity. G eorge K rugovoy, Associate Professor o f R u ssia n ......................... 6 Crum Ledge B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria. G erald R. Levin, Associate Professor o f P s y c h o lo g y ............511 Cornell Avenue B.A., Antioch College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 16 JPaul C. M angelsdorf, Jr., Associate Professor o f Physics . . . .110 Cornell Ave. B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University. Philip M etzidakis, Associate Professor o f S p a n ish .................. .... .7 Crum Ledge B.A., Dartmouth College; Ph.D., Yale University. Irene M oll , Associate Professor o f Physical Education for W om en, The Damsite, W allingford, Pa. B.S. in Ed., University o f Kansas; M .A., Texas University for W om en. V an D oorn O oms, Associate Professor o f E co n o m ics........... 8B W hittier Place B.A., Amherst College; B.A., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Y ale University, f H arold Pagliaro, Associate Professor o f English, 61 Sproul Road, Springfield, Pa. B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Columbia University. D ean Peabody, Associate Professor o f P sy ch o lo g y ......................... 521 Elm Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University. Jean A shmead Perkins, Associate Professor o f French, 446 Robin Drive, W est Chester, Pa. B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University. t Frederic L. Pryor , Associate Professor o f E co n o m ics.................... 3 Crum Ledge B.A., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University. K enneth S. Rawson , Associate Professor of Z o o l o g y ............228 Garrett Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Harvard Uni­ versity. A lburt M. Rosenberg, Associate Professor o f Natural Science, 609 Hillborn Avenue B.A., Harvard University; M.S., University o f Florida; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Bernard Saffran , Associate Professor o f Economics . .. .Benjamin W est House B.A., The City College o f N ew Y ork; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota. Claudio Spies, Associate Professor o f Music ..............645 North Chester Road B.A. and M .A., Harvard University. W illis J. Stetson, Associate Professor o f Physical Education for M en and D irector o f Athletics .................................. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa. B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. Peter G ram Swing , Associate Professor o f Music and D irector o f the Chorus, 614 Hillborn Avenue B.A. and M .A ., Harvard University. Peter T . T hompson , Associate Professor o f Chemistry .925 Strath Haven Avenue B.A., The John Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh. Percy Linwood U rban , Jr ., Associate Professor o f Religion, 20 South Princeton Avenue B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M., and Th.D ., General Theological Seminary. IJ ohn W . W illiams, Associate Professor o f A rt History, 302 Avondale Road, W allingford, Pa. B.A., Yale University; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan. M. Joseph W illis, Associate Professor o f Civil Engineering, 306 Chestnut Lane B.C.E., University o f Washington; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. A ssistant Professors T homas A rtin , Assistant Professor o f E n g lish ......................... Box 59, Moylan, Pa. B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Princeton University. Elisa A sensio, Assistant Professor o f Spanish . . 500 Oakley Road, Haverford, Pa. M .A ., Middlebury College. Robert C. Bannister, Assistant Professor o f H is t o r y ................ 513 Elm Avenue B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A. and M .A ., University o f Oxford. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69. 17 T homas H . B lackburn , Assistant Professor o f E n g lish ..............525 Elm Avenue B.A., Amherst College; B.A. and M .A., University of O xford; Ph.D., Stan­ ford University. John R. Boccio, Assistant Professor o f P h y s ic s ................311 Dartmouth Avenue B.S., Polytechnic Institute o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University. T hompson Bradley, Assistant Professor of Russian, 240 Ridley Creek Road, Moylan, Pa. B.A., Yale University; M .A., Columbia University. Cyrus D . Cantrell , III, Assistant Professor o f P h y s ic s ........... 519 W alnut Lane B.A., Harvard University; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton University. G omer H. D avies, Assistant Professor o f Physical Education for Men, 225 Cornell Avenue B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.M., Temple University. Roland B. di Franco, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics, 317 North Chester Road B.S., Fordham University; M.S., Rutgers University; Ph.D., Indiana University. Lewis R. G aty , II, Assistant Professor o f E c o n o m ic s ......... Swarthmore College B.A., Swarthmore College. iJ ames H. H ammons , Assistant Professor o f Chemistry . . . 336 Haverford Place B.A., Amherst College; M .A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. T homas W . H awkins , Jr ., Assistant Professor o f Mathematics . . 515 Elm Avenue B.A., Houghton College; M.S., University o f Rochester; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin. Patrick H enry, III, Assistant Professor o f Religion . .317 N orth Chester Road B.A., Harvard University; B.A. and M .A., University o f O xford; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University. Raymond F. H opkins, Assistant Professor o f Political Science . . 2 Crum Ledge B.A., O hio Wesleyan University; M .A., O hio State University; M .A. and Ph.D., Yale University. James R. H utchison , Assistant Professor o f Chemistry . .Benjamin W est House B.S., Wittenberg University; Ph.D., Princeton University. John B. Jenkins, Assistant Professor o f B i o l o g y ......... 318 North Chester Road B.S. and M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University o f California, Los Angeles. {R obert O. K eohane , Assistant Professor o f Political Science, 317 North Chester Road B.A., Shimer College; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University. {E ugene A. K lotz , Assistant Professor o f Mathematics . . . . .735 Yale Avenue B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Yale University. A smarom Legesse, Assistant Professor o f Anthropology .317 North Chester Road B.A., University College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M., Harvard University. Robert E. Leyon , Assistant Professor o f Chemistry ........... 519 W alnut Lane B.A., W illiams College; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton University. Richard W . M ansbach , Assistant Professor o f Political Science . 4 W hittier Place B.A., Swarthmore College; D.Phil., University o f Oxford. {G eorge E. M cC ully , Assistant Professor o f H is t o r y ............915 Harvard Avenue B.A., Brown University; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert C. M itchell, Assistant Professor o f Sociology, 16 South Princeton Avenue B.A., College o f W ooster; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A., North­ western University. T homas N . M itchell, Assistant Professor o f Classics . .317 North Chester Road B.A. and M .A., National University o f Ireland; Ph.D., Cornell University {H ans F. O berdiek, Assistant Professor o f P h ilo so p h y ......... 533 Riverview Road B.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin. G. Stuart Patterson, Jr., Assistant Professor o f Engineering, 606 North Chester Road B.S. and M.S., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 18 5 Crum Ledge B.A., Reed College; Ph.D., University o f Washington, Charles Raff , Assistant Professor o f Philosophy . . . 302 North Chester Road B.A., University o f Rochester; M .A . and Ph.D., Brown University. Robert Roza , Assistant Professor of French ........... 404 Strath Haven Avenue B.A., University o f Toronto; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University. Robert E. Savage, Assistant Professor o f B i o l o g y ................409 College Avenue B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Richard Schuldenfrei, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy . . Swarthmore College B.A. and M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. V ictor K. Schütz , Assistant Professor o f Engineering, 1317 Grenox Road, W ynnewood, Pa. B.E.E., and M .A . in Mathematics, University o f Detroit; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. }J. Edward Skeath , Assistant Professor o f Mathematics, 11 Benjamin W est Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Illinois. Bernard S. Smith , Assistant Professor o f History . ................ 540 W alnut Lane B.A. and M .A., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Harvard University. Susan Brooke Snyder, Assistant Professor o f E n g lis h ........... 519 Walnut Lane B.A., Hunter College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University. Richard T erdiman, Assistant Professor o f French ........... 40 9 % Elm Avenue B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., Yale University. N icholas S. T hompson , Assistant Professor o f Psychology . .307 Vassar Avenue B.A. and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley. John G . W illiamson, Assistant Professor o f History . ..3 1 3 Haverford Place B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. C laude W intner , Assistant Professor o f C h em istry.................... 404 Elm Avenue B.A., Princeton University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University. James T. W ood, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics . . .317 N orth Chester Road B.A., Amherst College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. M ary A n n Y oung , Assistant Professor o f Physical Education for W om en, Swarthmore College B.S., Slippery Rock State College. T sing Y uan , Assistant Professor o f History, 842 W indemere Avenue, Drexel H ill, Pa. B.A. and M .A., George W ashington University. Steven I. Piker, Assistant Professor o f Anthropology . . . . Instructors Joseph W . Bernheim , Instructor in Psychology .................. Swarthmore College B.A., Swarthmore College. M olly Faries, Instructor in A rt History ............................. .Swarthmore College B.A., College o f W ooster; M .A., University o f Michigan. James D . Freeman , Instructor in Music and D irector o f the Orchestra, 8 Crum Ledge B.A. and M .A., Harvard University. Ewald E. H aeusser, Instructor in German, 1121 S. 48th Street, Philadelphia, Pa. B.A. and M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. Uwe H enke , Instructor in Philosophy . . . . .3500 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. Paul Lutzker , Instructor in Political Science .................. Swarthmore College B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., The Johns Hopkins University. V ictor C. N ovick, Instructor in Anthropology .................. 215 Cornell Avenue B.A., Reed College. G ilbert Rose, Instructor in Classics ..............22 W est Ridge Road, Media, Pa. B.A., University o f California, Berkeley. John S. Shackford, Instructor in E n g lis h ............................. Swarthmore College B.A., Carleton College; M .A., Indiana University. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 19 915 Harvard Avenue B.A., Y ale University; M .A ., Stanford University. Simone V . Smith , Instructor in French, 514 East Lancaster Ave., W ynnewood, Pa. Licence es Lettres, University o f Grenoble. Jon van T il, Instructor in S o c io lo g y .........................................Swarthmore College B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f North Carolina. D ouglas M. W eiss, Instructor in Physical Education for Men, Swarthmore College T homas L. Sherman , Instructor in English ................ L ecturers and A ssistants M arcus A lexis, Visiting Lecturer in Economics, (University o f Rochester) Swarthmore College B.A., Brooklyn College; M .A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Univer­ sity o f Minnesota. H arriet Shorr Baguskas, Acting D irector o f Studio Arts, Price’ s Lane, Moylan, Pa. B.A., Swarthmore College; B.F.A., Yale School o f Art and Architecture. Patricia Boyer, Lecturer in Physical Education for W om en, 817 Parkridge Drive, Media, Pa. B.S., Trenton State College; M .A., N ew Y ork University. A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Education and D irector o f Student Teaching, 316 Ogden Avenue B.S. and M .A., University o f Pennsylvania. W ill Brow n , Associate in Studio Arts . . . 429 Catherine St., Philadelphia, Pa. Brooke P. Cottman , Assistant in Physical Education for Men, 315 Yale Avenue B.A., D uke University. Barbara Page Elmore, Associate in Studio Arts .................. 525 W alnut Lane G loria Carey Evans, Consultant for Testing and Guidance, 205 Linden Lane, W allingford, Pa. B.A., Western W ashington College o f Education; M.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., Stanford University. Janice C. Fellman , Lecturer in Physical Education for W om en, 2401 Martingale Rd., Media, Pa. B.S., Ursinus College. N orris M. G etty , Visiting Lecturer in Classics (G roton School) Swarthmore College B.A., University o f Nebraska. N annerl H enry , Lecturer in Political S c ie n c e ......... .317 N orth Chester Road B.A., Wellesley College; B.A. and M .A ., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Yale University. John L. H ershey, Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy, 110 Cornell Avenue B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; M .A ., University o f Virginia. H elen M anning H unter , Lecturer in Economics, Featherbed Lane, Haverford, Pa. B.A., Smith College; Ph.D., Radcliife College. G ilbert K alish, Associate in Performance (M u sic) ......... Swarthmore College B.A., Columbia University. Peggy K . K orn , Lecturer in History . . .716 W est Allens Lane, Philadelphia, Pa. B.A., Beaver College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Charles R. Lansberry, Lecturer in Engineering . . 17 Concord Ave., Darby, Pa. B.S., Swarthmore College. Paul Lansky, Lecturer in Music ................Featherbed Lane, Hopewell, N . J. B.A., Queens College. Sarah Lee Lippincott, Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy, 510 Elm Avenue B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., Swarthmore College. 20 Tames W . Lukens, Jr ., Assistant in Physical Education for Men, 523 W elsh Street, Chester, Pa. B.S.E.E., University o f Louisville; LL.B., W ashington and Lee University. James J. M cA doo, Assistant in Physical Education for Men, 513 East Bringhurst, Germantown, Pa. Robert P. N ewton , Visiting Lecturer in German, (University of Pennsylvania) 13 Park Avenue B.A. and M .A ., Rice University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. H elen P. Shatagin , Visiting Lecturer in R u ssia n .................. 307 Cornell Avenue Robert D . Simons, D irector o f D ra m a tics..............................Swarthmore College B.A., University o f Portland. Robert M . Smart , College Organist and Associate in Music 18 Oberlin Avenue B.A., Curtis Institute o f Music; M .A ., Westminster Choir College. K it Y in -Tieng Snyder, Associate in Studio Arts, 7 33 O ld Lancaster Road, Bryn Mawr, Pa. B.S., College o f the City o f N ew Y ork; M .A ., University o f Michigan. Barbara Y ost Stewart , Assistant in Biology .................. 543 Marietta Avenue B.A., Swarthmore College. A nita A. Summers, Lecturer in Economics, 641 Revere Rd., Merion Station, Pa. B.A., Hunter College; M .A., University o f Chicago. A nne T eissonniere, Assistant in French ................................Swarthmore College M argaret T. T hompson , Assistant to the D irector o f Dramatics, 925 Strath Haven Avenue B.A., Chatham College. Jean L. T omezsko, Assistant in B i o l o g y ......... 4 Prince Eugene Lane, Media, Pa. B.A., Pennsylvania State University. Tean V alentine , Lecturer in Creative W riting, 350 Central Park W est, N ew York, N . Y . B.A., Radcliffe College. John V orlicek, Associate in Studio Arts, 308 South 50th St., Philadelphia, Pa. B.F.A., Minneapolis School o f Art; M .F.A., University o f Pennsylvania. Paul Z ukofsky, Associate in Performance (M usic) . . .Swarthmore College B.M. and M.S., Juilliard School o f Music. 21 St a n d i n g C o m m i t t e e s o f t h e F a c u l t y * A cademic Requirements : M oore, Chairman. Barr, Barus, Cobbs, Lange, Livingston, Rosen, Tafoya, W right. A dmissions and Scholarships: Hargadon, Chairman. Barr, Carpenter, Cobbs, Freeman, P. Henry, Lange, M oore, Perkins, Savage, B. Smith, Stott, W illis. A thletics: Stetson, Chairman. Barr, Frank Burns, Jr. ’ 70, Cratsley, Allen Dietrich ’ 69, Faulkner, Donald Fujihara ’ 69, Hawkins, Hess, Keighton, Schütz, Shane, Walker, Andrew Weinstein ’ 69- A wards and Prizes : Keighton, Chairman. Avery, Barr, Elverson, Lange, Savage, Snyder. Bookstore A dvisory: Pagliaro, Chairman. . Cobbs, Cohn, Cook, Govan, Richard Hegner ’71, Roza, Diana W ickes ’70. Collection : Shane, Chairman. Bilaniuk, Kenneth Giles ’ 71, Michael Greenwald '70, Duncan Holloman ’70, Lange, Martha Leary ’ 69, Mansbach, Ruth M cN eill '70, Snyder, Karin Sundquist ’ 71, Swing, D . Thompson, P. Thompson. Computer : Patterson, Chairman. Cook, Ellis Dudley ’69, di Franco, Bruce Hamilton ’ 70, Hopkins, Lippincott, Rosenberg, Schuldenfrei. Cooper : Blackburn, Chairman. Laura Hassler ’ 70, Lippincott, McCrumm, Garth M cDonald ’ 69, Piker, Trudy Pomerantz ’70, Shane, Jennifer Shotwell ’ 71, Helene Silverblatt- ’ 70, Spies, Donald Stokes '69, Tafoya. Council on Educational Policy : Courtney Smith, Chairman. Stephen Arbuthnot ’70, Beardsley, Nancy Bekavac ’ 69, Susan P. Cobbs, Landreth Hauptman ’ 70, Heald, North, Pennock, Pierson, P. Thompson. Curriculum : Swing, Chairman. Margaret Capron ’ 69, Cobbs, Robert Goodman ’69, Govan, Heckscher, Moore, Morrill, Perkins, Elizabeth Schairer ’70, D . Smith, P. Thompson. Faculty and Staff Benefits : Cratsley, Chairman. Bowler, Connor, Cook, Fehnel, Ostwald, Saffran, Shero, W ood . Swarthmore Fellowships: Flemister, Chairman. Artin, Asensio, Cantrell, Doby, Williamson. Fellowships from O ther Institutions : Meinkoth, Chairman. Blackburn, Gillespie (Secretary), P. Henry, Mansbach, Patterson, Van Til, Urban. Library: Govan, Chairman. Bowler, Gaty, Joanne Luoto ’ 69, Ostwald, Schuldenfrei, Ann Smith Jeffrey Spielberg '70, Terdiman, Tolies. 70, M aster of A rts : Walker, Chairman. di Franco, Lippincott, Rawson, Rose, N . Thompson, Tolies. Pre-M edical Program : Leyon, Chairman. Bowie, Bullitt (Assistant to Chairman), Hutchison, Piker, Rosen, Stott, Weber, Williamson. * Undergraduate members of committees are shown with their class numerals. 22 Promotion and T enure A dvisory: Cobbs, Elmore, Field, Meinkoth, North. Research: W eber, Chairman. Bannister, Bicker, Cratsley, Govan, McCrumm, van de Kamp. Schedule of Classes: M oore, Chairman. Avery, Bannister, Doby, Hess, Margaret Michael Schudson '69. Kohn ’ 69, Rawson, Rosenberg, Student A ffairs: Barr, Chairman. Cobbs, N . Henry, Lange, Pagliaro, Urban. Student Summer Research: Raff, Chairman. Barus, Boccio, Endejs, Novick, Terdiman, Wallach, H. Williams. T eacher Education : Cobbs, Chairman. Brinkmann, Brodhead, Davies, Levin, M oore, Perkins, Shane. T ravel A llowance : Bowler, Chairman. Bradley, Brinkmann, Gaty, Hopkins, Maass. U se of College Facilities by O utside O rganizations : Cook, Chairman. Carpenter, Davisson, Hess, Lange, Shane, Stanton, Stetson. Secretary to the Faculty : Cowden. D ivisions I. and D epartments Division o f the Humanities— Jean A . Perkins, Chairman Art History, Robert M . W alker , Chairman. Classics, H elen F. N orth , Chairman. English Literature, G eorge J. Becker, Chairman. History, H arrison M . W right, Chairman. Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman. Modern Languages, Francis P. T afoya , Chairman. Music, P eter G ram Swing , Chairman. Philosophy and Religion, P. Linwood U rban , Jr ., Acting Chairman. Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Acting Chairman. II. Division of the Social Sciences— D avid G. Smith , Chairman Economics, Frank C. Pierson, Chairman. Engineering, Samuel T . Carpenter , Chairman. History, H arrison M . W right, Chairman. Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman. Philosophy and Religion, P. Linwood U rban , Jr ., Acting Chairman. Psychology and Education, Hans W allach , Acting Chairman. Political Science, J. Roland Pennock , Chairman. Sociology and Anthropology, Leon Bramson , Chairman. III. D ivision o f the Natural Sciences and Engineering— P eter T. T hompson , Chairman Astronomy, Peter van de K amp , Chairman. Biology, N orman A . M einkoth , Chairman. Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , Jr ., Chairman. Engineering, Samuel T . Carpenter , Chairman. Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman. Philosophy and Religion, P. Linwood U rban , Jr ., Acting Chairman. Physics, M ark A . H eald, Chairman. Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Acting Chairman. 23 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS P r e s i d e n t ’ s O f f ic e President, Courtney Smith , B.A., M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; L.H .D., and Litt.D. LL.D., Administrative Assistant to the President, G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A ., University o f O xford; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton University. Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez, B.S., University o f Minnesota. V i c e -P r e s i d e n t s ’ O f f ic e Vice-President— (Finance) and Controller, Edward K. Cratsley, B.A., College o f W ooster; M .B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University. Vice-President— Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, Joseph B. Shane , B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania. Associate D evelopm ent Officer, Richard M . Schrader, B.A., and M .B.A., Cornell University. Secretaries, Pauline M . Carroll, A lison Carswell N aylor , B.A., Swarthmore College. D eans’ O f f ic e s Dean, Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon W om an’ s College; Y ork University; Ph.D., University o f Chicago. M .A ., New Associate Dean and Registrar, John M . M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University. Dean o f M en, Robert A . Barr , Jr ., B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania. Dean o f W om en. Barbara Pearson Lange . Dean o f Admissions, Frederick A. H argadon, B.A., Haverford College. Assistant Dean o f Admissions, John J. Creighton , B.A., Swarthmore College; M .B.A. University o f Pittsburgh. Assistant Dean o f Admissions, D ouglas C. T hompson , B.S., Swarthmore College. Assistant in Admissions, M ary W . Chambers D ye , B.A., University o f West Virginia. Administrative Assistant, M argaret W . M oore, B.A., Park College; M .A., Ph.D., Columbia University. D irector o f Financial A id and Adviser to Foreign Students, Lynne D avis M ifflin , B.A. and M .A ., Swarthmore College. Consultant fo r Testing and Guidance, G loria Carey Evans, B.A., Western Wash­ ington College o f Education; M.S., University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stan­ ford University. Assistant to the Deans and D irector o f the Tarble Social Center, Edith D uBose, B.A., Swarthmore College. Head Residents in D orm itories: V irginia von Frankenberg , Coordinator o f W om en ’s Dormitories, Parrish H all; B.A., University o f Nebraska. K aren Flack Bonnell , W oolm an House; B.A., Bryn Mawr College. Edith E. D uBose, Robinson House; B.A., Swarthmore College. V irginia E. M yers, Willets Hall. Jessie G ibson, Worth Hall. Secretaries to the Deans: Emily Bonsall, Rosamond W . G arrett, B.A., W ilson College, W inifred J. H all , M ildred. Irwin , M yrtle R. K eeny , B.A., Dickinson College, V era B. M orrison, A nne J. Y oung . 24 R e g is t r a r ’s O f f ic e Registrar, John M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University. Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University o f Delaware. Jane H . T hompson , B.A., Swarthmore College. Edith Bartholomew . L ib r a r y St a ff C ollege Library Librarian: James F. G ovan , B.A., University o f the South; M .A ., Emory Uni­ versity; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Secretary to the Librarian: M argery J. H iltz . Associate Librarian: M artha A . Connor , B.S., M .A ., University of Pennsyl­ vania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Serials Section: A nne Perkins; Pauline M arshall, B.S., Simmons College; Ethel N . W right. Head, Cataloging Department: D oris Beik X, B.A. and B.S. in L.S., State Uni­ versity o f N ew Y ork at Albany. Catalogers: Elizabeth L. H arrar, Acting Head, B.A., University of Delaware; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. M ildred H irsch, B.S. in L.S., Columbia University. Assistant Cataloger: Gail G. H odkins, B.A., University of Kansas. Assistants: D oris Pitman M oist; Charlotte W eiss; D eborah Eleniewski. Head, Order Department: Jane H. A aron , B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Assistant Order Librarian: M ary C. K erbaugh, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Assistant: Blondine R egan . Head, Reference Department: H oward H. W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest College; M .A . and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University. Assistants: Lois G . Peterson, B.A., Oberlin College; Elizabeth H. Phillips, B.A., Swarthmore College. Head, Circulation Department: Catherine J. Smith , B.A., Swarthmore Col­ lege; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Assistant H ead: G eorge K. H uber, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Y oung Ja L ee, B.A., Ewha W om en ’s University; M.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute. Assistants: M artha Scott ; Charles Seeburger, B.A. and M .A., Bow ling Green University; V irginia von Frankenberg, B.A., Uni­ versity o f Nebraska. Science Librarian: Eleanor A . M aass, B.A., M.S., University o f Illinois, Ph.D., University o f W isconsin. Assistant: Josephine Smith , B.A., Swarthmore College. Friends H istorical Library D irector: Frederick B. T olles, B.A., M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Litt., Haverford College. Associate D irector: D orothy G . H arris, B.A., W ellesley College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania. Secretarial Assistant: Elizabeth S. M acpherson , B.A., Ursinus College. Assistants: Eleanor B. M ayer , B.A., O hio Wesleyan University; Jane M. T horson , Cornell College. $ Absent on leave, 1968-69. 25 Swarthmore College Peace Collection: Curator: A rdith L. Emmons , B A ., W illiam Penn College; M .A., Mills College. Assistant: Claire B. Shetter , Philadelphia Musical Academy. Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library Anna Pettit Broomell, Frances W illiam s Browin, Henry J. Cadbury, La Verne Forbush, Lucretia Franklin, James R. Frorer, W illiam Hubben, Caroline Biddle Malin, Gerald McDonald, Richmond P. Miller, Hadassah M . L. Holcombe, Edith W illiams W ay. A dvisory C ouncil o f the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Anna C ox Brinton, Merle Curti, Alfred Hassler, Ernst Posner, Joseph B. Shane, Frederick B. Tolies, E. Raymond W ilson. C omputer Center Director, Ronald A n ton . Business O ffice Associate Controller, Accounting and Finance, G . Caroline Shero , B.A., Swarth­ more College; M .B.A., University o f Pennsylvania. Accountant, H arold L. Frederick, Jr ., B.S., Juniata College. Assistants, A n n a Jeffries, Freda T homas , M argaret A. T hompson , Ellen R. A ugsberger. Associate Controller, Business Affairs, Lewis T . Cook , Jr ., B.A., St. Lawrence University; M.S., Pennsylvania State College. Secretary, Ruth B. W alker . Manager o f Bookstore, N ormund L. Bandrevics, B.B.A., University o f Latvia. Assistants; D aisy S. Jeffery, M argaret W helpley . Stenographic Staff, M arguerite Clifford, Edith Cohen , O lga A. H ummer , Julia Lemon , Edith W oodland. Switchboard Operators, Judy G race Feiy, H elen Burgoyne , D orothy H. O lson . Postmistress, A rlene D elozier . B uildings and G rounds D epartment D irector o f Physical Plant, W illiam M . Stanton , Jr ., B.A., University o f W is­ consin. Planning Engineer, Joseph E. Spafford, B.S., University o f Missouri. Assistants to the D irector o f Physical Plant, Franklin H . Briggs, B.A.,' Earlham College; Richardson Fields, D avid M elrose. Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh , M argaret R. Sh aw . H ouse Director, Kathryn A. D avisson. Assistants to the H ouse Director, Carrie F. A mberg, June Carnall , Lily M ari, V irginia E. M yers, Phyllis W oodcock. D irector o f the Arthur H oyt Scott Horticultural Foundation and Swarthmore College Horticulturist, John C. W ister, B.A., Harvard University; D.Sc., Swarthmore College. Assistant Directors, D avid M elrose; G ertrude S. W ister, B.S., University of Wisconsin. Secretary, Elaine E. Innes . Consulting Horticulturist, H arry W ood. 26 A l u m n i a n d F u n d O f f ic e s Director, Kathryn Bassett. Alumni Recorder, Esther K elley . Secretaries, Elizabeth Campbell , Elinor B. Eleniewski. N ews O ffice Director, M aralyn O rbison G illespie, B.A., Swarthmore College. Assistant Director, V irginia Bullitt . Secretary, M ildred Strain . V ocational G uidance and Placement Director, V irginia Bullitt . H ealth Service College Physician, M orris A. Bowie , B.A., University o f Colorado; M .D ., Harvard University. Associate College Physician: H arold C. University. Roxby , B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M .D ., Temple Consulting Orthopedic Surgeon: Erwin R. Schmidt, Jr ., B.S., Yale University, M.D., University of Wisconsin. Consulting Psychiatrists: Leon J. Saul , B.A., and M .A ., Columbia University; M .D ., Harvard University. P. Evans A dams, B.A. and M .D ., University of Pennsylvania. J. W . Lyons , B.A., University o f Scranton; M .D ., University o f Pennsylvania. Silas L. W arner, B.A., Princeton University; M .D ., Northwestern University. Nurses: Elizabeth Cozine , R.N., Elizabeth F. M cConnell , R.N., E. Elizabeth M cG eary, R.N., H elen R. M artin , R.N., Ida M oore T homas , R.N. Secretary: Janet B. H azzard , R.N. D epartmental Secretaries, A ssistants and T echnicians Art H istory: Elizabeth S. H erschel, B.A., W heaton College; M .A., N ew York University. Astronomy: M ary M acD. Jackson , B.A., Swarthmore College, N an Jones, Eliza ­ beth H. K uhlman , B.A., Mount Holyoke College, Louise H. M itchell , B.S., W est Chester State College, M ichael D. W orth . Biology: L loyd M erritts. Chemistry: Edward C. K ehl , H olly T. T aylor , K arin Rauch . Economics: Engineering: Eleanor G reitzer, M ary E. Renneisen . Ewald K asten, Frances Shero , B.A., Swarthmore College. English Literature: T helma M. M iller. History: Eleanor W . Bennett . Mathematics: D orothy D. Blythe . Modern Languages: N atalie K ruczaj . Music: M ary G. G atens . 27 Philosophy and Religion: A lta K. Schmidt. Physical Education for M en : Elizabeth Bassett. Physical Education for W om en : Esther R. G osser. Physics: John R. A ndrews, A n n a V. D eRose, John J. D ougherty. Political Science: Eleanor G reitzer, M ary E. R enneisen . Psychology and Education: V irginia S. G reer, O tto H ebel. Sociology and Anthropology: Pauline B. Federman, M arie C. Perkins. 28 Parrish H all IN TR O D U C TIO N TO SWARTHMORE COLLEGE INTRODUCTION TO SWARTHMORE COLLEGE Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends, is a co-educational college occupying a campus o f about 300 acres o f rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarth­ more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present enrollment is about 1075 students, o f whom 500 are women and 575 are men. T he borough o f Swarthmore is a residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting distance o f Philadelphia. Because o f its location, Swarthmore College students are able to combine the advantages o f a semi-rural setting with the opportunities offered by Phila­ delphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation made possible with three other nearby institutions, Bryn M awr and Haverford Colleges and the University o f Pennsylvania. O b j e c t iv e s and P urposes - In accordance with the traditions o f its Quaker background, Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves fo r full, balanced lives as individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study supplemented by a varied program o f sports and other extra-curricular activities. T he purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valu­ able human beings and more useful members o f society. It shares this purpose with other educational institutions, fo r American education is a direct outgrowth o f our democratic principles. W h ile a common purpose underlies all American education, each school and college and university seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. Only by such selection can it contribute to the diversity and richness o f educational opportunity which is part o f the American heritage and the American strength. A c a d e m ic Com petence Democracy demands a broad base o f intelligent understanding o f issues. It also necessitates a high order o f excellence in those w ho are destined to become its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the main­ tenance o f high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and perform­ ance fo r this essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular jo b well that gives the College its value in the educational pattern of American democracy. Education is largely an individual matter, fo r no two students are exactly alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from con­ siderable freedom. The program o f Honors study, in which Swarthmore pioneered, is designed to give recognition to this fact. It is the most distinctive feature o f the College’s educational program. For many stu­ dents, it provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients freedom from ordinary classroom routine and close association with faculty members in small seminars, concentrated 30 work in broad fields o f study, and maximum latitude fo r the development o f individual responsibility. T he Honors program and the Course pro­ gram are alternative systems o f instruction fo r students during their last two years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and develop­ ment from each student, the choice o f method being determined by individual need and capacity. T he R eligious T radition Swarthmore College was founded by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends, and it seeks to illuminate the life o f its students with the spiritual principles o f that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since the beginning o f the present century, and although the children o f Friends compose a minority o f the student body, the College seeks to preserve the religious traditions out o f which it sprang. T he essence o f Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking truth and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a way o f life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement o f disputes. The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any other specific set o f convictions about the nature o f things and the duty o f man. It does, however, have the tw o-fold aim o f encour­ aging conscious concern about such questions and unceasing re-examination o f any view which may be held regarding them. That is the kind o f ethical and religious character which Swarthmore seeks to develop. T radition and Change A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing to meet new demands and new conditions. The founders o f Swarthmore would find in it today many features which they never contemplated when they shaped the College in the middle o f the nineteenth century. Swarthmore, if it is to remain effective, must be forever changing. The goal is to achieve for each generation, by means appropriate to the times, that unique contribution and that standard o f excellence which have been the guiding ideals o f Swarthmore from its founding. In the spring and summer o f 1966 a Commission on Educational Policy and two other special committees were appointed to study various aspects o f the College program and to seek ways o f strengthening the educational experiences o f Swarthmore students. Their reports, including many specific recommendations, were published in the volume, Critique o f a C ollege, which appeared in December 1967. During the rest o f the college year these reports and recommendations were carefully considered by all sec­ tions o f the College community. Many o f the specific recommendations o f the Commission on Educational Policy and the Special Committee on Library Policy have been approved and are being carried into effect. The report o f the Special Committee on Student Life will be considered further and acted upon in the fall o f 1968. 31 ADMISSION Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania. G eneral Statement In the selection o f students the college seeks those qualities o f character, social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily con­ cerned to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the whole personality o f candidates fo r admission. It is the policy o f the college to have the student body represent not only different parts o f the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and racial groups. The college is also concerned to include in each class sons and daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the Society o f Friends. Selection is important and difficult. N o simple formula will be effective. T he task is to choose those who give promise o f distinction in the quality o f their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis o f their individual future worth to society and o f their collective realization o f the purpose o f the college. Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory completion o f a four-year secondary school program preparatory to ad­ vanced liberal study. Under exceptional circumstances, students who have virtually completed the normal four-year program in three years will be considered fo r admission, provided they meet the competition o f other candidates in general maturity as well as readiness fo r a rigorous academic program. A ll applicants are selected on the follow in g evidence: 1. Record in secondary school. 2. Recommendations from the school principal, headmaster, or guidance counselor and from two teachers. 3. Rating in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests o f the College Entrance Examination Board. 4. Personal interview with one o f the Deans or an appointed repre­ sentative. 5. Reading and experience, both in school and out. Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude and achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They should also give evidence o f sturdiness o f character, promise o f growth, initiative, seriousness o f purpose, and a sense o f social responsibility. As future members o f the college community, they should represent varied interests and backgrounds. 32 P r e p a r a t io n The College does not require a set plan o f secondary school courses as preparation for its program. The election o f specific subjects is left to the student and his school advisers. In general, preparation should include: 1. S kills: The follow in g skills are essential to success in college work and should be brought to a high level by study and practice through­ out the preparatory period. a. T he use o f the English language with accuracy and effectiveness in reading, writing, and speaking. b. The use o f the principles o f mathematics. c. The use o f one, or two, foreign languages to the point o f reading prose o f average difficulty. The College encourages students to study at least one language fo r three years or, if possible, for four years in high school. 2. Subjects: A ll, or almost all, o f the preparatory course should be composed o f the subjects listed in the follow in g four groups. Varia­ tions o f choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work should be taken in each group. H istory and Social Studies: American, English, European, and an­ cient history; political, social, and economic problems o f modern society. Literature and A r t: music; art. American, English, and foreign literature; Natural Science and M athem atics: chemistry, physics, biology, astronomy; algebra, geometry, trigonometry. Those planning to major in engineering should present work in chemistry, physics, and four years o f mathematics including algebra, geometry and trigonometry. Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, Rus­ sian, other European or Oriental languages. Applicants who expect to major in science are strongly advised to include German and, if possible, French in their school programs. A pplications and Examinations The closing date for applications is February 1. A preliminary applica­ tion card will be sent upon request, and this card should be returned promptly, together with the (non-refundable) application fee o f $15.00. A complete set o f application papers is then sent. Applicants are en­ couraged to send their completed applications to the College as early in the fall o f their senior year as possible. Although Swarthmore does not have an "early decision” program, preliminary readings o f completed ap­ plications are made at an early date to determine regional and national award winners. 33 A ll applicants fo r admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examina­ tion Board. The Scholastic Aptitude Test should normally be taken in November, December or January o f the senior year. Achievement Tests must be taken not later than January o f the senior year. English Composition is required and the other two Achievement Tests should be chosen by the candidate from two different fields. A ppli­ cants for Engineering must take one achievement test in Mathematics. Candidates who take Achievement Tests in May o f the junior year in subjects completed by that time may submit the results to the Admission Office, but it is strongly recommended that the English Composition and at least one other Achievement Test be taken in December or January o f the senior year. In 1968-69 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this country on November 2, December 7, January 11, March 1, May 3, and July 12. The tests will be given abroad on each o f these dates except November 2. Application to take these tests should be made directly to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. A bulletin o f information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students who wish to be examined in any o f the follow ing western states, provinces, and Pacific areas— Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, N ew M exico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, W yom ing, Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatche­ wan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan— should address their inquiries and send their applications to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, California. Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken. N o additional tests are required o f candidates fo r scholarships. All applicants who would like to be considered fo r any o f our scholarships should complete their applications at the earliest possible date. Informa­ tion concerning financial aid will be found on pages 37-46. T he Interview A n admissions interview with a representative o f the College is a requirement in making application to Swarthmore. Applicants are expected to take the initiative in arranging fo r this interview. Those who can reach Swarthmore with no more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an appointment to visit the College fo r this purpose.* Other applicants should request the Office o f Admissions to arrange a meeting with an * T o reach the College from the N ew Jersey Turnpike, motorists should leave by Exit 4 (Camden-Philadelphia Interchange). Turn right on Route 73. In about one hundred feet turn right for Interstate Route 295 South, and follow signs for W alt Whitman Bridge. After crossing Bridge follow signs for Philadelphia International Airport, Route 291. Follow Route 291 past Airport to 420. Turn right on 420 to Baltimore Pike, turn left and proceed to inter­ section with Route 320. Turn left and follow signs to the College. From the Pennsylvania Turnpike, take Exit 24 (Valley Forge) and take second right (sign says Ardmore, Chester) off Route 43 on to Route 23. Turn right on Route 320 and follow it to the campus. 34 alumni representative in their own area. Interviews should be completed before March 1 o f the senior year. Scholarship applicants should make an effort to have their interviews by January 15. Candidates are not interviewed until the latter part o f the junior year. Candidates will not be able to have campus interviews from March 15 to May 1 but a tour o f the campus may be arranged during this period. Appointments at the College can be made by calling or writing the Office o f Admissions, K I 3-0200, Ext. 445. A dmission D ecisions Notices o f the action o f the Admissions Committees will be mailed about A pril 15. A dvanced P lacement Freshmen may apply fo r advanced standing or placement in particular courses if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Place­ ment Tests o f the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions are made by the departments concerned. Every effort is made to place students in the most advanced courses fo r which they are qualified. A pplications for T ransfer T he college accepts a very limited number o f transfer students. For favorable consideration, applicants fo r transfer must have had a good scholastic record in the institution attended and must present full creden­ tials fo r both college and preparatory work, including a statement o f honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board if this test has not been taken previously. As a general practice, transfer students are not admitted to advanced standing later than the beginning o f the sophomore year. Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two o f which must be those o f the senior year. Applications for transfer must be filed by March 15 o f the year in which entrance is desired. Decisions on these applications are announced early in June. Only under exceptional circumstances are students admitted fo r transfer eligible for financial assistance during their first year at Swarthmore. 35 EXPENSES Charges for the academic year 1968-69 (tw o semesters): Tuition ........................................................................................ General F e e .................................................................................. Board and R o o m ......................................................................... Total Resident C h a rg e s............................................. $2,050 210 1 040 $3,300* W h ile a general charge fo r board and room is made, this may be divided into $590 fo r board and $450 for room. The general fee o f $210 covers the cost o f student health services, library and laboratory fees, athletic fees, attendance at all campus social and cultural events, and the support o f most other extra-curricular activities. One h alf o f the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the beginning o f the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening o f the current term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order o f Swarthmore College . A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence about financial matters should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero, Associate Controller. Students who wish to charge Book Store purchases, laboratory break­ age fees, etc., may do so by maintaining a student deposit account at the Business Office against which charge checks may be drawn. Cash with­ drawals may also be made. Students will be notified when overdrafts occur and no cash withdrawals may be made unless a cash balance is maintained. A minimum deposit o f $100.00 in September is suggested and all students are urged to maintain such an account fo r their convenience. N o reduction or refunding o f tuition can be made on account o f absence, illness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. N o reduction or refund will be made fo r failure to occupy the room assigned fo r a given term, nor is the general fee refundable. In case o f absence or withdrawal from the college and provided due notice has been given in advance to the Business Office, there will be a refund o f two-thirds o f the board charge fo r any time in excess o f two weeks. Exceptions will be made fo r students w ho are required by the draft to leave during the course o f the academic year. In these cases tuition, general , fee, board and room charges will be refunded on a pro rata basis. T uition Paym ent Plans Many o f the parents o f students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and residence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under certain alternative plans. The cost is 2 % % to 6 % greater than when payments are made in cash in advance. Details o f the plans will be * An advance deposit o f $25 is required o f all new students in order to reserve a place in college for the com ing year. A similar deposit o f $15 is required o f returning students. These deposits are credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room. 36 furnished by the College prior to issuance o f the first semester’s bill in September. A ccident and Sickness Insurance The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness insurance to students through Paige OBrion Russell o f Boston, Massa­ chusetts. Accident coverage alone costs $12.00 per year (1 2 months) for women, and $18.00 fo r men. T he combined accident and sickness policy is available at an annual cost o f $32.50 fo r women and $36.00 for men. A t least accident coverage is required o f all students who participate in intercollegiate athletic activities and the combined accident and sickness policy is particularly recommended. Application forms are mailed to all students during the summer. FINANCIAL AID The college assigns scholarships to a substantial number o f students each year. These awards are normally made to entering freshman students and are renewable for four years. About one hundred freshman scholar­ ships are awarded carrying stipends varying from $100 to $3,400 annually, Approximately thirty per cent o f the total student body are currently receiving scholarship aid from the College, with stipends averaging about $1,300 annually. Another ten to fifteen per cent are being assisted from sources outside the College. A ll grants are based upon school or college record, and upon financial need as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Committee through the agency o f the College Scholarship Service. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a Parents Confidential Statement to the Service. This form may be obtained from a secondary school or from the College Scholarship Service, P. O. B ox 176, Princeton? New Jersey 08540, B ox 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204, or P. O. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701. The Scholarship Committee reviews the finan­ cial situation and academic progress o f every scholarship holder at the end o f each academic year before renewing the awards. In computing stipends the committee takes into account an expected family contribution from income and assets, the student’s savings and earnings. These are budgeted against a normal total expense o f $3,750 fo r the college year. This allows $450 fo r incidental expenses exclusive o f travel and for the total college charge o f $3,300, which includes tuition, board and room, and a very comprehensive college fee. This covers not only the usual student services (health, library, laboratory) but also at­ tendance at all campus social, cultural and athletic events, and support o f most club activities. The College reserves the right to adjust college stipends in the event the student receives scholarship assistance from other sources. First year transfer students are not eligible fo r scholarship aid. Candidates wishing to apply fo r scholarships should make the usual application for admission. A ll applicants fo r admission are given the 37 opportunity to apply fo r scholarship aid. T he candidate’s status with respect to need fo r scholarship is not considered to be a relevant factor in the matter o f reaching decisions concerning admission to the college. For the academic year 1968-69 the college has granted approximately $550,000 in scholarships. About two-thirds o f that sum was provided by special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed below. Funds from the federal government are available fo r needy students who are eligible fo r Educational Opportunity Grants, National Defense Student Loans, and the Work-Study program. Applicants are not required to apply fo r specific scholarships but will be considered fo r all scholarship opportunities either from endowed scholarships or from general college scholarship funds. Financial need is a requirem ent fo r all scholarships listed below unless otherw ise indicated. SW ARTH M ORE COLLEGE N A T IO N A L S C H O L A R SH IP S Swarthmore College awards each year a number o f four-year National Scholarships to the men and women entering the freshman class. All candidates fo r admission to the College may be considered fo r these scholar­ ships. Based on the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships, the awards are made to those candidates who, in the opinion o f the Committee o f Award, rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. Whenever feasible, finalists fo r National Scholarships will be interviewed by the Committee o f Award. The amount o f the annual award varies from $100 to $3,400 according to the financial need o f the winner. In those cases where there is no financial need, National Scholarships will be awarded on an honorary basis and carry an annual stipend o f $100. O ther Scholarships O pen to M en and W omen T he Frank and M arie A ydelotte Scholarship is awarded biennially to a new student who shows promise o f distinguished intellectual attain­ ment based upon sound character and effective personality. The award is made in honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the College from 19211940, and originator o f the Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Aydelotte, his wife. The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in the College’s Cen­ tennial Year 1964 in honor o f the late Philadelphia attorney, author and jurist, w ho was a Quaker and honorary alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is assigned annually to a junior or senior man or woman whose qualities o f mind and character indicate a potential fo r humani­ tarian service such as Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have wished to develop in young people. Students in any field o f study, and from any part o f this country or from abroad, are eligible. The scholarship is renewable until graduation. 38 The Edna Pow nall B uffington Fund was established during the College’s Centennial Year o f 1964. T he income from this Fund is used to provide scholarships fo r a student or students attending Swarthmore College who are concentrating their studies in the field o f the social sci­ ences and who indicate an interest in the objects or purposes o f the Amer­ ican Friends Service Committee and a desire follow ing their graduation and post-graduate work to serve in those fields. Awards are made to students in any o f the four classes. T he K atharine Scherman Scholarship, is awarded to a student with a primary interest in the arts and the humanities, having special talents in these fields. Students with other special interests, however, will not be excluded from consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable fo r the full period o f undergraduate study. The Scott A ward at Sw arthmore . A scholarship established by the Scott Paper Co. o f Chester, Pa., in honor o f its former president, Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the Class o f 1895. Given fo r the first time in 1953, it is awarded annually to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter business after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities o f scholarship, char­ acter, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The award provides the recipient with $1,500 fo r each o f his last two years in college, regardless o f financial need. T he Francis W . D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory o f Francis W . D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is awarded to a freshman man or woman. In making selections, the committee will place emphasis on character, per­ sonality and ability. The Stella and C harles G uttm an Foundation Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide schol­ arships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and fees fo r students who require financial assistance. Preference is given to students o f recog­ nized ability who have completed two academic years o f college and who are contemplating graduate or professional study. The scholarships are renewable fo r a second year. The Ida and D aniel L ang Scholarship established by their son, Eugene M . Lang o f the Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance fo r a man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality. The A dele M ills Riley M emorial Scholarship, founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was awarded for the first time fo r the academic year 1964-65. Under the provisions o f this scholarship, an annual award subject to renewal is made to a deserving student, man or woman. Selec­ tion stresses the candidate’s capacity fo r significant development o f his or her interests and talents during the college years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well as potential fo r service are sought in making this appoint­ ment. 39 T he W illiam H illes W ard Scholarship in memory o f William Hilles W ard o f the Class o f 1915, is to be awarded annually, preferably to a student who plans to major in science. The committee in making its selection, will have regard fo r candidates who are most deserving o f financial assistance. The H oward S. and G ertrude P. Evans Scholarship Fund provides scholarships for worthy students, preference being given to students showing highest standards in scholarship from high schools o f Delaware County, Pennsylvania. The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f the Class o f 1951, is open to students interested in engineering and physical science. The committee in making its selections will have regard for character, personality and leadership. The R obert C. Brooks Scholarship was established as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number o f his form er students. It is available to a major in Political Science in the junior or senior year. The L ouis N . R obinson Scholarship was established during the Col­ lege’s Centennial year by the family and friends o f Louis N . Robinson. Mr. Robinson was fo r many years a member o f the Swarthmore College faculty and founder o f the Economics Discussion Group. A member o f the junior or senior class w ho has demonstrated interest and ability in the study o f Economics is chosen fo r this award. The A udrey Friedman T roy Scholarship, established by her hus­ band, M elvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman with preference given to residents o f the town o f North Hempstead, Nassau County, N ew York. The scholarship is renewable fo r four years at the discretion o f the College. In awarding the scholarship, prime considera­ tion is given to the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from a Swarthmore education, and to be a contributor to the College and ulti­ mately to society. The G eneral M otors Scholarship is awarded in odd numbered years by the Scholarship Committee to an incoming freshman man or woman who is a citizen o f the United States. Selection is made on the basis of the high school academic record, participation in extracurricular activities, and evidence o f leadership qualities. It is renewable fo r the full period o f undergraduate study. The M idwest Scholarships are awarded each year to one man and one woman applicant who resides in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Minne­ sota, Missouri or W isconsin. W inners will be selected on the basis of their potential contribution to the academic and extracurricular life of the College. 40 The M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship Fund was established by Creth and Sullivan, Inc. in memory o f Marshall P. Sullivan o f the Class o f 1897. Preference will be given to graduates o f George School, but if no suitable candidate applies from this school, graduates o f other Friends schools or other persons will be eligible. The R C A Scholarship, provided by the Radio Corporation o f America, is awarded to .a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic record in the field o f science or engineering at the undergraduate level. The appointment is usually made for the junior or senior year. The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides fo r a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. The Edward S. B ower M emorial Scholarship, established by Mr. and Mrs. W ard T . Bower in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded annually to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, char­ acter, and personality. The Cornelia Chapm an Pittenger Scholarship established by her family and friends is awarded to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality and who has need for financial assistance. T he D aniel U nderhill Scholarship was given by Daniel Underhill ’94, in memory o f his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member o f the first Board o f Managers. The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth T . W ilson Schol ­ arship provides financial aid for a deserving student. The R achel W . H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillborn Philips o f the Class o f 1892 in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation that the income shall g o to a student in the junior or senior class who is studying fo r service in the international field. Preference will be given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world understanding through diplomatic service, participation in some inter­ national government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar activities. The Jonath an K . T aylor Scholarship, in accordance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly Meeting o f Friends. The scholarship is first open to descendants o f the late Jonathan K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to mem­ bers o f the Baltimore Yearly Meetings o f Friends, it is not to be confined to them when suitable persons in membership cannot be found. The Phebe A n n a T horne Fund provides an income fo r scholarships for students whose previous work has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. This g ift includes a clause o f preference to those students who are members o f the N ew Y ork Monthly Meeting o f Friends. 41 T he W estbury Q uarterly M eeting, N . Y ., Scholarship , is awarded annually by a committee o f that Quarterly Meeting. T he Sarah A ntrim Colb Scholarship was founded by her parents in memory o f Sarah Antrim Cole o f the Class o f 1934. It is awarded to a graduate o f the W orthington H igh School, W orthington, Ohio. The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory o f John A . Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give preference to qualified candidates who are descendants o f Amand and Margaret W hite Lafore. The James E. M iller Scholarship . Under the will o f Arabella M. Miller funds are available annually fo r students from Delaware County (w ith preference fo r residents o f Nether Providence T ow n sh ip). T he Edward C larkson W ilson Scholarship has been established at Swarthmore by friends o f Edward Clarkson W ilson, ’91, formerly Principal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It will be awarded each year to a form er student o f the Baltimore Friends School, w h o has been ap­ proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis o f high character and high standing in scholarship. The C hi O mega Scholarship provides an-award annually to a member o f the freshman class. Preference is given to daughters or sons o f mem­ bers o f the fraternity. The D elta G am m a Scholarship is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In any year in which there is no such candidate the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman. The K appa K appa G am m a Scholarship provides an award to a mem­ ber o f the freshman class. Preference is given to relatives o f members o f the fraternity. T he Samuel W illets Fund . This fund provides an annual income for scholarships. A portion o f the fund is assigned fo r scholarships in the name o f Mrs. W illets’ children, Frederick W illets, Edward Willets, Walter W illets, and Caroline W . Frame. The I. V . W illiamson Scholarship . Preference is given to graduates o f Friends Central, George School, N ew Y ork Friends Seminary, Baltimore Friends School, W ilm ington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn Friends School. The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff, in memory o f Robert Pyle o f the Class o f 1897 and fo r many years a member o f the Board o f Managers. Applicants who show promise o f intellectual attainment based upon sound character and effective personality and who reside in Chester County are given preference. 42 T he N . H arvey Collisson Scholarship established by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charitable Trust in memory o f N . Harvey Collisson o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man or woman. In making selections the committee will place emphasis on character, personality and ability. The income from each o f the follow in g funds is awarded at the dis­ cretion o f the college. The Barclay G. A tkinson Scholarship Fund . T he R ebecca M . A tkinson Scholarship Fund . The C lass of 1913 Scholarship Fund . The Class of 1914 Scholarship Fu n d . The Class of 1915 Scholarship Fu n d . The Class of 1917 Scholarship Fund . The W illiam D orsey Scholarship Fund . The G eorge Ellsler Scholarship Fund . The Joseph E. G illingham Fund . The T homas L. L eedom Scholarship Fund . The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund . The R eader’ s D igest Foundation Endowed Scholarship Fund . The M ark E. R eeves Scholarship Fund . The Frank Solom on M emorial Scholarship Fund . T he M ary Sproul Scholarship Fund . T he H elen Squier Scholarship Fund . The Francis H olmes Strozier M emorial Scholarship Fund . The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund . The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund . The T homas W oodnutt Scholarship Fund . Scholarships for M en The T homas B. M cCabe A chievement A wards, established by Thomas B. McCabe T 5, are awarded to freshman men from the Delmarva Peninsula and Northern N ew England (M aine, N ew Hampshire, or V er­ m ont) w h o give promise o f leadership. In making selections, the Com ­ mittee will place emphasis on ability, character, personality, and service to school and community. T w o awards, providing a minimum annual grant o f $2,050 (tuition) or up to $3,400 depending on need, will be made to residents o f Delaware or the Eastern Shore counties o f Maryland or V ir­ ginia. Non-residents attending school in this area are also eligible. One award, providing an annual grant o f up to $3,400 depending on need, will be made to a resident o f Maine, N ew Hampshire, or Vermont. The Philip T . Sharples Scholarship, a four-year scholarship open to entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men in engineering or physical science. The committee, in making its selec­ 43 tions, w ill have regard fo r candidates w ho rank highest in scholarship, character, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. A t least one scholar­ ship will be given each year. T he Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T . Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered fo r the first time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f a former distinguished Professor o f Engineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering will be given preference. A n award is made annually. The N ew ton E. T arble A ward , established by Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is granted to a freshman man who gives promise o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, character and personality, and resides west o f the Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the State o f Illinois. The Book and K ey Scholarship, established by the Book and Key men’s senior honorary society in 1965 when the Society dissolved itself, is awarded each year to a senior man who has shown quality o f leadership and has demonstrated through past performance his eagerness to give service to college and community. H e should rank high in scholarship, character and personality. The A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­ delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College. The H oward C ooper Johnson Scholarship , established by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a member o f the Society o f Friends. The T. H. D udley Perkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an entering freshman on the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force o f character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as shown by participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. The Christian R. and M ary F. Lindback Foundation Scholarship is awarded to deserving students from the States o f Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware or Maryland. The W illiam G. and M ary N . Serrill H onors Scholarship is a competitive Scholarship fo r Men, awarded to a candidate fo r admission to the college, based upon the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given to men w ho are residents o f Abington Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pa. The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to a man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering College, the best record fo r scholarship, character, and influence. 44 The D onald R enwick Ferguson Scholarship, established by Mrs. Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick Fer­ guson, M .D ., o f the Class o f 1912, is awarded to a young man who is looking forward to the study o f medicine. The P eter M ertz Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in mental and physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend­ ing these talents for the good o f the college community and o f the larger community outside. The award was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class o f 1957. It is renewable fo r all four undergraduate years. The A n th o n y Beekman Pool Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded to an incoming freshman man o f promise and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class o f 1959. The W alter W . K rider Scholarship was established by his w ife and daughter fo r a young man who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality. The H oward S. Evans 1903 Scholarship provides scholarships for worthy male students. The awards are made to those who stand high in scholarship, character, and personality. Preference is given first to ap­ plicants preparing for the ministry o f the Episcopal Church, second, to that o f other protestant denominations; and third, to those interested in En­ gineering or Economics. Scholarships for W omen The A lumnae Scholarship, established by the Philadelphia and New York Alumnae Clubs, is awarded to a young woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality. It is awarded for one year. The A nnie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young woman o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College. The Clara B. M arshall Scholarship, established by the will o f Dr. Clara B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with preference given to descendants o f her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips. The G eorge K. and Sallie K . Johnson Fund provides financial aid during the senior year fo r young women who are fitted to become desirable teachers. The M ary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund . A sum o f money has been left by will o f Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which pro­ vides a scholarship to a young woman student in Swarthmore College. Preference is given to a relative o f the donor. 45 T he H arriet W . Paiste Fund provides a scholarship for a young woman who is a member o f the Society o f Friends (Philadelphia Yearly M eetin g ). T he M ary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her mother and is to be awarded annually to assist a young woman student to pursue her studies in the College. The Lily T ily Richards Scholarship, established by Peirce L. Rich­ ards, Jr., in memory o f his w ife, Lily Tily Richards ’ 29, is awarded to a woman distinguished fo r high scholarship, character, personality and phys­ ical vigor. The Sarah W . Shreiner Scholarship given in loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality. The T itus Scholarships established by the w ill o f Georgiana Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are awarded to young women in order that they may pursue their studies in the College. The Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship Fund is the gift of M ichel Kovalenko in memory o f his wife. This scholarship is to be awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who is in her junior or senior year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a graduate o f the college, preferably a woman, fo r graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere. T he income o f the K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund , given by members and friends o f the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarth­ more, is awarded annually to a woman student. The M ary W ood Fund provides a scholarship which may be awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher. Loan Funds Swarthmore participates in the federal loan program established under the National Defense Education Act. The College also maintains special loan funds which are listed below. Repayment o f college loans begins nine months after the student completes his higher education and are re­ payable within the next eleven years. The loans bear annual interest o f 3 % on the unpaid balance beginning with the date on which repay­ ment is to begin. Amounts vary according to need, although the College believes that students should avoid heavy indebtedness which might prove detrimental to their own plans. The amount o f a loan may not exceed $1,000 annually. For the year 1968-69 the College has made ap­ proximately 150 loans in amounts averaging about $300. The Joseph W . Conard M emorial Fund , established by friends o f the late Professor Conard, is available fo r loans to worthy students in financial difficulty. 46 O ther Special Loan Funds The A lphonse N . B ertrand Loan Fund . The C lass of 1916 Loan Fund . The Class of 1920 Loan Fund . C lass of 1936 Lo an Fund . Jo h n A . M iller Loan Fund . Paul M. P earson Loan Fund . Ellis D . W illiams Fund . The The T he The The SWARTHMORE COLLEGE STUDENT LOAN FUND. Student Employm ent affords opportunity to earn money by regular work at current wage rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories or libraries. A student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship or a grant-in-aid. The distribution o f jobs among those authorized to hold them is made by the Student Employment office. Residents o f the bor­ ough o f Swarthmore often send requests fo r services to the college, which cooperates in making these opportunities known to students. About onethird o f the students enrolled in college obtain employment regularly through the office. Earnings are restricted by the time a student can spend, though many students earn as much as $200-$300 during the college year, and some earn up to $500. 47 EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES The primary educational resources o f any college are the quality o f its faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Second to these are the physical facilities, in particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment. Laboratories, well equipped fo r undergraduate instruction and in some cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology, astronomy, and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in psychology, zoology, botany, and premedical studies. T he Pierre S. du Pont Science Building, completed in I960, provides accommodations fo r chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Beardsley and Hicks Halls contain the engineering labora­ tories. The Bartol Research Foundation o f the Franklin Institute, which is also located on the campus, enjoys an international reputation fo r its basic research activities in physics, particularly in the fields o f nuclear physics, cosmic radiation, and solid state physics. The T homas B. and Jeannette E. L. M cCabe Library contains reading rooms, offices and a collection o f 315,000 volumes. Some 12,000 volumes are added annually. About 1,500 periodicals are received reg­ ularly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and technical books and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on the front campus. The D u Pont Science Library, new in I960, houses some 21,000 books and journals in chemistry, engineering, mathematics and physics. The library is definitely a collection o f books and journals fo r under­ graduate use. T he demands o f Honors work, however, make necessary the provision o f large quantities o f source material not usually found in collections maintained fo r undergraduates. It is a point o f library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through inter-library loan, the books needed by students or members o f the faculty for their individual research. In addition, the library contains certain special collections— the British Americana collection, the W ells W ordsworth and Thom son collections, and a collection o f the issuances o f 561 private presses. A number o f special features enrich the academic background o f the college. A m ong these are the follow in g: The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States o f manuscripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is a depository for records o f Friends Meetings belonging to Philadelphia and other Yearly Meetings. M ore than 2,600 record books have been deposited; many o f them have been reproduced on microfilm, fo r which fou r reading machines are available. The William W ade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records indexes the material of genealogical interest in the records o f 307 meetings in various parts of 48 the United States. Notable among the other holdings are the Whittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker p oet), the M ott Manuscripts (over 400 autograph letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks Manuscripts (m ore than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a famous Quaker m inister). The Library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately 30,000 volumes. About 73 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection o f photographs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f representative Friends, as well as a number o f oil paintings, including two versions o f "The Peaceable K ingdom ” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the advantages o f giving to this Library any books and f amily papers which may throw light on the history o f the Society o f Friends. The Swarthmore College P eace C ollection is o f special interest to research students and others seeking the records o f the Peace M ove­ ment. The personal papers o f Jane Addams o f Hull House, Chicago, (approximately 10,000 items) form ed the original nucleus o f the Collec­ tion, which now contains documentation on the history o f the organized peace movement from its beginnings circa 1815 to the present time, as well as correspondence and writings o f many workers fo r international peace and arbitration. The Collection includes files o f some 1,200 peace periodicals published in the United States and abroad over the past 150 years; approximately 154 such periodicals in eleven languages are currently received from twenty-one countries. This collection is the official deposi­ tory fo r the archives o f leading peace organizations in the United States. A more nearly complete description o f the Collection w ill be found in the Guide to the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection, published by the College and available on request. The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program o f lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the college. The Foundation was established by W illiam J. Cooper, a devoted friend o f the college, whose wife, Emma M cllvain Cooper, served as a member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. M r. Cooper bequeathed to the college the sum o f $100,000 and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens o f this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters o f world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge. The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also in bringing to the college speakers o f note who remain in residence for a long enough period to enter into the life o f the community. Some 49 o f these speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should be published under the auspices o f the Foundation. This arrangement has so far produced sixteen volumes: Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials o f Dem ocracy. Phila­ delphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1929. Lowes, John Livingston. G eoffrey Chaucer and the D evelopm ent o f His Genius. N ew York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934. W eyl, Hermann. M ind and N ature. Philadelphia, University o f Penn­ sylvania Press, 1934. Am erica’s R ecovery Program, by A . A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A. Heath Onthank . . . and others . . . London, N ew York, etc., Oxford University Press, 1934. Salter, Arthur S. baron. W orld Trade and Its Future. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1936. Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1937. Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N o w ; a Proposal fo r a Federal Union o f the D em ocracies o f the N orth A tlantic. N ew York, Harper, 1939. Krogh, August. T he Comparative Physiology o f Respiratory M echan­ isms. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1941. Griffith, Ernest Stacey. T he M odern G overnm ent in A ction. N ew York, Columbia University Press, 1942. Linton, Ralph. T he Cultural Background o f Personality. N ew York, London, D . Appleton-Century Co., 1945. W ilcox, Clair, Editor. C ivil Liberties Under A ttack. A series o f lectures given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1951. Redfield, Robert. Peasant Society and C ulture; an A nthropological Approach to Civilization. Chicago, T he University o f Chicago Press, 1956. W eatherford, W illis D ., Jr., Editor. The Goals o f H igher Education. A series o f lectures given in the spring o f 1958. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, I960. Lovejoy, Arthur Oncken. R eflections on Human Nature. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1961. Rhys, Hedley H., Editor. Seventeenth Century Science and the Arts, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1962. Brandt, Richard B., Editor. Social Justice. Englewood Cliffs: PrenticeHall, 1962. Pennock, James Roland, Editor. S elf-governm ent in M odernizing N a­ tions. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1965. The A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . About three hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed as an horticultural and botanical collection o f trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants through the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott 50 Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret M oon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the Class o f 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples o f the better kinds o f trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants which are hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There are exceptionally fine displays o f Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias and tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffo­ dils, irises, herbaceous peonies, and hemerocallis. Many donors have contributed generously to the collections. (F or full information see Bulletin o f Swarthmore C ollege, V ol. xxxvii, N o. 5 .) The A rts C enter , opened in 1961, contains the Paul M . Pearson Experimental Theater, the Florence W ilcox Lobby for art exhibitions, the Dorothy Hunt Music Room, and studios fo r various arts and crafts. The Computer C enter , located in Beardsley Hall, is equipped with an I.B.M. Computer. It is available to the faculty members and students for research and instruction. A new Language Laboratory , made possible by a contribution from the James Foundation o f N ew York, was installed in 1964. It provides stations for 35 students and has the equipment fo r effective use in language teaching. The Bronson M . C utting M emorial Collection of R ecorded M usic was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift o f approxi­ mately four thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and musical scores, from the family o f Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator from N ew M exico. Its object is to make the best recorded music avail­ able to the undergraduates, faculty, and friends o f Swarthmore College, in cooperation with the work o f the college Department o f Music. The collection is kept up to date with current additions. The B enjam in W est L ecture, made possible by gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and other friends o f the College, is given annually on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the Benjamin W est Society which built up a collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the American artist, who was b om in a house which stands on the campus and who became president o f the Royal Academy. The Potter Collection of R ecorded Literature , established in 1950 with accumulated income from the W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded poetry, drama and prose. A m ong the 700 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers reading from and discussing their w orks; fu ll length versions o f Shake­ spearean plays and other dramatic repertoire; the literature o f earlier periods read both in modern English and in the pronunciation o f the time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical settings; 51 and recordings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore. These materials are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature. The collection is housed in Beardsley Hall and students are admitted on application to the Secre­ tary o f the Language Laboratory. The Department o f English Literature is in charge o f the collection and selects current additions. The B etty D ougherty Spock M emorial Fund , established through the generosity o f friends o f the late member o f the Class o f 1952, provides income for the purchase o f dramatic recordings. These are kept with the Potter Collection. T he Boyd and R uth Barnard Fund for the A dvancement of M usic at Swarthmore was established in 1964 by two graduates o f the Collège, M r. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania. The income from the fund may be used fo r any activity that contributes to the advancement o f music at the college. It has been, used, for example, for concerts on the campus, fo r the purchase o f vocal and orchestral scores and other musical literature, and to provide scholarships for students in the Department o f Music who show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists. Since 1966 part o f the fund has been used to bring to the campus two Associates in Performance who direct the chamber music coaching program in the Department o f Music and give weekly concerts o f chamber music. T he G ene D . O verstreet M emorial Fund , given by friends in memory o f Gene D . Overstreet (1 9 2 4 -1 9 6 5 ), a member o f the Political Science Department, 1957-1964, provides income to bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss problems o f developing or modernizing nations and cultures. 52 COLLEGE LIFE H ousing Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assump­ tion that an important element in education comes from close association o f students and instructors. M ost students live in dormitories. Many mem­ bers o f the faculty live on or near the campus. Residence Halls There are eight dormitories fo r men: W harton Hall, named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the Board o f Managers, Palmer, Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road, two buildings on the former Mary Lyon School property, and two new dormitories, Hallowell and Dana, which were opened in September o f 1967. The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish H all; W orth Hall, the g ift o f W illiam P. W orth, ’76, and J. Sharpies W orth, ex-’73, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House; W oolm an H ouse; Ashton H ouse; and W illets Hall, largely made pos­ sible by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, T 9 , and named in honor o f her mother and aunts. A ll freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students choose their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must be obtained to room outside the dormitories. Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special arrangements with the Deans and payment o f the required fee. Freshmen, sophomores and juniors are asked to leave college immediately after their last examination in the spring so that their rooms may be used by Com­ mencement visitors. The insurance program fo r the College is designed to provide protection for College property and does not include the property o f students or others. It is therefore suggested that students and their parents should review their insurance program in order to be sure that coverage is extended to include personal effects while at college. D ining H all A ll students, both men and women, have their meals in the Philip T. Sharpies D ining Hall. The dining hall is ordinarily closed during vacations. R eligious Life The religious life o f the college is founded on the Quaker principle that the seat o f spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light o f each individual. The Society o f Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best expressed in the quality o f everyday living. There are accordingly no compulsory religious exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional 53 element in Collection may be so considered. Students are encouraged to attend the churches o f their choice. Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist, and Christian Science churches are located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other churches and synagogues in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its meeting fo r worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty cooperation exist for the study o f the Bible and the exploration o f comm on concerns in religion. Collection A n assembly o f the college, called Collection, is held at 10: 00 a.m. on alternate Thursdays in Clothier M emorial; attendance o f students is required. There is regularly a period o f silence according to the Friendly tradition and a reading. Lasting about three-quarters o f an hour, Collection normally includes an address; but this is varied by the occasional intro­ duction o f musical, dramatic, and other programs. Student W elfare Health The college physicians hold daily office hours at the college, where students may consult them without charge. A student must report any illness to the college physicians, but is free to g o fo r treatment to another doctor if he prefers to do so. A t the time o f admission each student must present a brief medical history and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form supplied by the college. Pertinent information about such matters as physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances w ill be especially valuable to the college Health Service. All new students must have been successfully vaccinated against smallpox within five years, in accordance with Pennsylvania State law. The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at the beginning o f each year. There is close cooperation with the Depart­ ments o f Physical Education. Recommendations fo r limited activity are made for those students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student may be excused entirely from the requirements o f the Physical Education Department. The W orth Health Center, a g ift o f the W orth family in memory o f W illiam Penn W orth ’ 76 and Caroline Hallowell W orth ’79, was opened in September o f 1965. It houses offices fo r the college physicians and nurses, out-patient treatment facilities and rooms fo r men and women who must remain as in-patients. Registered nurses are on duty under the direction o f the college physicians. Each student is allowed ten days care in the Health Center per term without charge unless the services o f a special nurse are required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a 54 communicable disease or from illness which makes it necessary fo r them to remain in bed must stay in the Health Center fo r the period o f their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished without cost, but a charge is made for special medicines, certain immunization procedures, and trans­ portation. The medical facilities o f the college are available to students injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume addi­ tional financial responsibility fo r medical and surgical expenses arising from accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for all students participating in athletics and is recommended fo r all others. (F or details see page 37.) The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment each week in the W orth Health Center. The purpose o f this service is to be o f help in all types o f emotional problems. The psychiatrists will provide as complete an evaluation o f any student as possible. Brief psychotherapy within the limits o f available time w ill be given to students without charge. In instances where longer treatment is needed, the student will be referred to an outside psychiatrist. Vocational A dvising The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students in their choice o f a career. Conferences and field trips are planned periodically and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help is offered to students in finding employment. In addition, summer work opportunities are made known to students. Alum ni Office The Alumni Office keeps records o f the addresses o f all living graduates and alumni o f the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine, and acts as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups, interpreting to them the present plans and policies o f the college. N ew s O ffice The News Office does a tw o-fold job. It helps prepare the several publications put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins. These include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue, the Student Handbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In addition to this, the News Office, through the largely student operated News Bureau, works with the press and other communications media in publicizing news that is o f interest to the general public. Student A dvising The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for advising all students. However, there are many other advisers available. Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member w ho acts as his course adviser until this responsibility falls to the chairman o f the student’ s major department at the end o f his sophomore year. Faculty members 55 have also been appointed as advisers fo r each o f the men’s varsity athletic teams. They work closely with the team, attending practices and many o f the scheduled contests. Mrs. Gloria Evans is an experienced counselor who is glad to assist students with problems o f academic adjustment, study skills and reading proficiency. She also can give aptitude and interest tests on request. Appointments may be made at her office in Parrish Hall. Each women’s dormitory has a head resident. In Parrish and Willets, the head resident is assisted by student residents who are members o f the junior or senior class. A group o f upperclass women, under the direction o f the W om en’s Student Government Association, serve as counselors fo r all freshman women, several counselors being assigned to each hall. There are also student proctors in each o f the men’s dormitory sections. A group o f students assist the Deans with the orientation program conducted during the freshman week. T he Student Comm unity Student Conduct The Society o f Friends has historically been conservative in social matters, and its influence within the College community is one o f the important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Students who choose Swarthmore as their college should recognize that they are selecting a set o f social and academic standards that are intrinsic to the history and point o f view o f this institution. In general, the life o f students is to be governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than by elaborate rules. Certain rules, however, are o f sufficient importance to deserve atten­ tion here: 1. The men’s and women’s dormitories are not to be visited by members o f the opposite sex except under the follow ing conditions: Visiting is permitted in the public parlors between certain specified hours; open houses on certain afternoons and evenings may be scheduled according to the rules established by the Student Affairs Committee. 2. T he possession and use o f alcoholic beverages on the campus is forbidden, as is disorderly conduct. 3. The use or possession o f firearms or other dangerous weapons is not permitted, Firecrackers or other explosives are prohibited. Tampering with fire alarm or prevention equipment is a serious offense. 4. N o undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at the College without the permission o f the Dean o f Men. This permission is not extended to freshmen. The administration o f this rule is in the hands o f a Student-Faculty committee. Day students may use cars for commuting to College, but special arrangements fo r stickers must be made fo r campus parking. M ore detailed information may be had from the Office o f the Deans. 56 5. A t evening concerts, dramatic performances, and public lectures men will wear coats and ties and women dresses or skirts. A t evening meals in the dining room the same standards will apply except that it is recommended that the men wear coats and ties but not required so long as the dress is in other respects consistent with the spirit o f these regulations. 6. It is a college policy to discourage premature marriages. Under­ graduates who wish to marry and remain at Swarthmore must request per­ mission to do so from the Deans. I f two students are married without this permission, one o f them must withdraw from the College. College rules which affect the entire student community are discussed and formulated for the approval o f the Administration by the Student Affairs Committee, which is composed o f Deans and Faculty members appointed by the President and students elected by the student body. This" Committee delegates to student government agencies as much authority in the administration o f rules as they responsibly accept. Student Council The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire under­ graduate community and is the chief body o f student government. Its efforts are directed toward coordination o f student activities and the expression o f student opinion. Committees o f the Council include the Budget Committee, which reg­ ulates distribution o f funds to student groups; the Elections Committee, which supervises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Com­ mittee, see below. In addition to these, there are several joint FacultyStudent Committees, whose student membership is appointed by the President o f the College and the President o f Student Council: Collec­ tion, Cooper Foundation, Bookstore, Curriculum, Educational Policy, Men’s Athletics, Schedule o f Classes, Computer, and Library. Judicial Bodies W here infractions o f college rules have occurred, decisions about respon­ sibility and about penalties are made by elected committees. Four such committees have different jurisdictions. The W om en's Judiciary Com ­ m ittee is a branch o f W S G A and is elected by the women o f the student body. It sits in all cases o f violations o f W S G A rules or o f violations by women o f general campus regulations except as they fall in the sphere o f the Student Judiciary Committee (see b e lo w ). The M en’s Judiciary Com m ittee is elected by the male students and sits in all cases o f violations o f college rules by male students except in the kinds o f cases indicated below as coming under the jurisdiction o f the Student Judiciary Committee. The Student Judiciary Com m ittee, elected by the entire student body, acts on cases involving the car rule, dress rule, on cases involving both men and women, and on others that may require joint action. The C ollege Judiciary Com m ittee is composed o f student and faculty members and the Deans. 57 It deals with cases referred or appealed from the other Committees or with any violations that involve penalties o f suspension or expulsion. W om en’s Student Governm ent A ll women students are members o f the W om en’s Student Government Association, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great variety o f women’s interests. This board includes the officers o f the Association, the hall presidents and the chairman o f the W om en’s Judiciary Committee, which maintains social regulations. Tarble Social Center Through the generosity o f Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, the building which formerly housed the College Libraty has been completely renovated and serves as the College’s Social Center. It includes recrea­ tional facilities, lounges, meeting rooms, and a snack bar. Social Com m ittee A n extensive program o f social activities is managed by the Social Committee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to appeal to a wide variety o f interests, and is open to all students. There is usually no charge fo r college social functions. Extra -C urricular A ctivities In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an opportunity to participate in a program o f extra-curricular activities wide enough to meet every kind o f interest. There are more than thirtyfive organized activities, not including departmental clubs or political organizations. They vary as greatly as the interests o f the students vary, from the Flying Club to the Chess Club, from the Creative W riting Group to the Co-ed Dance Group. The College, however, encourages a student to participate in whatever activity best fits his personal talents and inclina­ tions, believing that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part o f life. The Studio A rts Program The Acting Director o f Studio Arts, Harriet Shorr Baguskas, arranges for classes in studio arts and for exhibits in the Arts Center and acts as an adviser to other organizations. See under Studio Arts, page 83, for a list o f credit and non-credit courses. The W ilcox Gallery provides ten to twelve exhibitions a year, which are a direct complement to the program. The works o f nationally known painters as well as those o f younger artists are exhibited in group and one man shows. 58 The M arjorie Heilm an V isiting A rtist Program Each year a committee o f students and faculty members selects an artist to be invited to spend a week at the College. The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in the W ilcox Gallery, and he meets and talks with students on an informal basis. In the past, film maker Rudy Burckhardt, painter N eil W elliver, potter Toshiko Takaezu, and painter Red Grooms have been the invited artists. Music The Department o f Music administers and staffs several performing organizations. The College Chorus, directed by Professor Swing, rehearses twice per week for a total o f three hours. (T h e College Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the membership o f the Chorus, rehearses an additional hour per week.) The College Orchestra, directed by Mr. Freeman, rehearses twice per week: a two-hour rehearsal fo r full orchestra and a one-hour rehearsal for strings. Members o f the orchestra, other instrumentalists and solo singers can participate in the chamber music coaching program directed by Mr. Kalish and Mr. Zukofsky. The Chorus and Orchestra give several public concerts per year at the College and at other schools.~^S3ectei members o f the chamber music coaching program give a public concert in the spring. A ll three organizations require auditions fo r membership. The Bond Concert Committee, a student organization working with the Department o f Music, plans a series o f informal Sunday afternoon con­ certs to accommodate students interested in preparing solo and chamber music performances. These concerts also provide an opportunity for student composers to get public performances. The College Band meets once a week to prepare for concerts, and for playing at fall athletic events. There are facilities for private practice, and an excellent college record collection. The Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group o f concerts each year on the campus. Drama Mr. Robert Simons is Director o f Dramatics. H e directs two major productions and supervises the drama program, which consists o f studentproduced workshop productions, and a bill o f student-written one-act plays. The Theater W orkshop course is described on page 120. Athletics Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any inter­ collegiate program must be justified by the contribution which it can make to the educational development o f the individual student who chooses to participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore s athletic program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance to take part in a wide range o f sports. The College feels that it is 59 desirable to have as many students as possible competing on its inter­ collegiate teams. Fraternities There are five fraternities at Swarthmore; Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are affiliated with national organizations while Kappa Sigma Pi, Tau Alpha Omicron and Phi Omicron Psi are local associations. Fra­ ternities are adjuncts to the college social program and maintain separate lodges on the campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­ tions or eating facilities. N ew members are pledged during the late fall o f their first year at the college. In recent years about 4 0 % o f the fresh­ man men have decided to affiliate with one o f the five fraternities. Student A ctivities Bulletin A booklet describing more fully all these activities and many others can be had upon request from the Office o f Admissions. 60 P ierre S. du P on t S cience B uilding THE ED UCATIONAL P R O G R A M OF SWARTHMORE COLLEGE GENERAL STATEMENT Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and the de­ gree o f Bachelor o f Science. The latter is given only to students who major in Engineering; the former, to students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences, and the Natural Sciences.* Four years o f resident study are normally required for a Bachelor’s degree. T he selection o f a program will depend upon the student’ s interests and vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and chem­ istry, fo r example, are the usual preparation fo r professional work in these fields. Students planning a career in law, business, or government service find majors in the humanities or social sciences o f great value. The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsi­ bilities as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A liberal education is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world o f thought, and the development o f aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values. It is necessary fo r most students to concern themselves with the problem o f making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a special­ ization that is too early and too narrow. They still have need o f broad­ ening the scope o f their experience. Particular skills may afford readier access to routine employment, but positions o f greater responsibility will be occupied by those who are equipped to think their way through new problems and to conceive o f their functions in a larger context o f time and place. Liberal education and vocational training may be the joint products o f a common process, and the courses here offered should be selected with this large purpose in view. A ll students during the first half o f their college program are expected to satisfy some if not all o f the distribution requirements, to choose their major and minor subjects, and to prepare fo r advanced work in these subjects by taking certain prerequisites. The normal program consists o f fou r courses each semester chosen by the student in consultation with his course adviser. The program for upper class students affords a choice between two methods o f study: Honors work and the Course program. A n Honors student concentrates on two or three fields, his major and one or more minors, which he studies intensively and which occupy three-fourths of his working time during the last two years. A t the close o f his senior year he takes a series o f six examinations given by visiting examiners over this work. In addition he takes four courses, or the equivalent, which provide opportunities fo r further exploration outside o f his Honors program. A student in the Course program has a somewhat wider freedom of election and takes four courses or their equivalent in each o f the last * For groupings of departments, see page 23. 62 four semesters. A t the end o f his senior year he is required to pass a comprehensive examination given by his major department. The program fo r engineering students follow s a similar basic plan, with certain variations which are explained on page 104. Courses outside the technical fields are spread over all four years. In addition to scholastic requirements fo r graduation, all students must meet certain standards o f participation in Physical Education as set forth in the statement o f those departments (see pp. 158-161) and must attend the Collection exercises o f the college (see p. 5 4 ). The course advisers o f freshmen and sophomores are members o f the faculty appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisers are the chairmen o f their major departments or their representatives. Program fo r Freshmen and Sophom ores The curriculum o f the first two years introduces a student to the methods and content o f a variety o f fields important to a liberal education. T o this end the student chooses a part o f his program in each o f four groups o f courses and in addition meets a specified standard in a foreign language. I. T o meet the distribution requirements o f the College, a student must take at least two courses from each o f the four groups listed below and must elect work in at least six departments. Mathematics, though not one o f the subjects included in the four groups, may be counted as one o f the six departments. 1. Astronomy 1-2; Biology 1,2; Chemistry 1,2; Engineering 7 ,8 ; Physics 1,2; Physics 7,8 (Concepts and Theories o f Physical Science). See note below. 2. English Literature 1, which may be follow ed by another course in English Literature; all literature courses numbered 11, 12 or above in classical or modern foreign languages; Art History 1, which may be follow ed by another course in Art History; Music 1, 15, or 16. 3. History 1-2 or 5,6; Philosophy 1, which may be follow ed by another course in Philosophy or R eligion; Psychology 3, which may be fo l­ lowed by another course in Psychology. 4. Economics 1-2A follow ed by another half-course in Economics; Politi­ cal Science 1 follow ed by Political Science 2, 3, or 4 ; Sociology-Anthro­ pology 1, which may be follow ed by another course numbered in the 2’0 ’s in Sociology-Anthropology. II. Languages. A ll students except those majoring in Engineering must include in their programs sufficient work in a modern or classical language to complete course 4 or its equivalent. The language require­ ment may be met in whole or in part by secondary school preparation as measured by the appropriate achievement test o f the College Entrance Note: Year courses the numbers o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g ., 1-2) must be continued for the entire year, credit is not given for the first semester’ s work only. Those whose numbers are separated by a comma (e.g ., 1, 2 ) may be divided. (Credit is given separately for each half of the course.) 63 Examination Board, or by a placement examination given at the college by the appropriate department. The desired standard is normally met on the basis o f four years work in high school, or o f three or two years work in high school follow ed by one or two semesters in college. A t the discretion o f the department concerned, a student may be per­ mitted to substitute an advanced course fo r the introductory course in meeting one o f the distribution requirements. Students entering college with special preparation in any o f the subjects included in the distribution requirements may apply to the Committee on Academic Requirements for exemption from that requirement. A student who majors in the Natural Sciences, Mathematics, or Engi­ neering will take an appropriate mathematics course in the freshman year. In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be completed fo r the work o f the last two years in major and minor sub­ jects, and sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up a full program. It is expected that, after satisfying the requirements in the general pro­ gram o f the first two years, the student will devote the remainder o f his sophomore year to preparing himself fo r more advanced study o f those subjects which have most interested him and to other courses which will increase the range o f his knowledge. H e should decide, as early in his sophomore year as possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might like to major and should consult the statements o f the departments con­ cerned as to required and recommended courses and supporting, subjects. Physical education is required o f all students (except veterans) in the first two years. The requirements are stated in fu ll on page 72 and in the statements o f the departments o f Physical Education. Program for Juniors and Seniors W o r k in C ourse The work o f juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive, specialized study within a general area o f interest. This comprises enough work in a single department (designated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equiva­ lent o f eight courses. W ork taken during the first two years may be counted toward fulfillment o f the major requirements but not more than twelve courses may be taken in the major field. Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examination in his major subject. A student must choose his major subject at the end o f the sophomore year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the division concerned. The decision will be based on an estimate o f his ability in his major subject as well as on his record. I f a student does not secure divisional approval, he cannot be admitted to the junior class. A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the r h a i r m a n o f his major department (o r a member o f the department desig­ 64 nated by the chairman) whose approval he must secure fo r his choice o f courses each semester. In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and seniors usually have room fo r at least one elective a year. The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students who have done distinguished work in the course program. R e a d in g for H onors The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and modified most recently in 1968, is a distinctive part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. It seeks to free from the limitations o f classroom rou­ tine those students whose maturity, interest, and capacity suit them for independent work. W h ile the program is designedly flexible and respon­ sive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence o f the system. ( 1 ) Honors work involves a concentration o f the student’s attention during his last two years upon a limited field o f studies. H e normally pursues only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the fragmentation o f interest that may result from a program o f four or more courses with their daily assignments and frequent examinations. The content o f the subject matter field is correspondingly broader, permitting a wide range o f reading and investigation and demanding o f the student correlations o f an independent and searching nature. ( 2 ) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since his thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors. By this program he undertakes to prepare himself to take examinations in six subjects at the close o f his senior year. In these he is expected to demonstrate his competence in a field o f knowledge rather than simply his mastery o f those facts and interpretations which his instructor has seen fit to present. These examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who read the papers and then come to the campus to conduct an oral examination o f each student, in order to clarify and enlarge the basis o f their judgment of his command o f his material. ( 3 ) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars or small classes or in independent projects which may lead to an Honors paper or thesis. Seminars meet once a week, in many cases in the home o f the instructor, for sessions lasting three hours or more. T he exact technique o f the semi­ nar varies with the subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment. Each student has an equal responsibility fo r the assimilation o f the whole o f the material and is correspondingly searching in his scrutiny o f ideas presented by his fellows or by his instructor. The student is expected to devote half o f his working time during a semester to each seminar or 65 course taken in preparation fo r an Honors paper or examination. N o student is permitted under ordinary circumstances to take more than six seminars. He may take fewer than six, since he may prepare in other ways fo r his Honors examinations. In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open: ( 1 ) T he normal program o f Honors work consists o f six subjects studied during the last two years in preparation fo r papers or examina­ tions given by the visiting examiners at the close o f the senior year. The usual pattern is four papers in the major department and two in a minor department, but other combinations o f major and minor fields are pos­ sible. N o student is allowed more than four papers in his m ajor; in those cases where he offers three subjects in each o f two fields, one of them must be designated as his major. W h ile there is a general belief that two papers in a minor field are desirable 'because o f the mutual rein­ forcement they provide, there are by custom certain subjects which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to the scrutiny o f the departments and divi­ sions in which the work is done. ( 2 ) Students w ho have a special reason to study fo r one or two semes­ ters abroad or in another American institution must take the normal number o f examinations. Such programs must be worked out in advance, since it may not be possible to provide visiting examiners fo r work offered elsewhere and since instruction in some fields o f the student’s choice may not be available in the other institution. In general the student fo l­ low ing this avenue to an Honors degree must weigh carefully the advan­ tage o f working independently or under tutorial guidance against the loss he incurs by missing both the stimulus and the criticism provided by his fellows in seminar. ( 3 ) Students who at the end o f the sophomore year did not elect or were not permitted to read fo r Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter the Honors program as late as the middle o f the senior year. They shall receive no remission o f the number o f examinations by reason o f their preparation in Course but shall be subject to the regulations governing Honors programs o f the division concerned. Such students must petition the division fo r permis­ sion to take the Honors examinations and must submit an acceptable list o f examinations which they are prepared to take. A candidate fo r admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of his prospective major and minor departments during the second semester o f his sophomore year and work out a program fo r the junior and senior years. This proposed program must be filed in the office o f the Registrar who will forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance o f the candidate by the divisions depends in part upon the quality o f his previous work as indicated by the grades he has received but mainly upon his apparent capacity fo r assuming the responsibility o f Honors work. The names o f the accepted candidates are announced later in the spring. The 66 major department is responsible for the original plan o f work and for keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester to semester. The division is responsible fo r approval o f the original program and o f any later changes in that program. A t the end o f the junior year Honors students are required to take the Honors examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied. These trial papers, however, are read by their instructors, not by the visit­ ing examiners. On the basis o f the showing made in these examinations, the student may be advised or even required to return to Course, or he may be warned that he continues in Honors at his own risk. Those stu­ dents who return to Course under these circumstances or fo r other reasons will receive grades fo r the work they have done while reading fo r Honors, but in no case without taking examinations over the field covered. A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the examinations and the decision o f the degree o f Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners. U pon their recommendation, suc­ cessful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High Honors, or with Highest Honors. W hen the work o f a candidate does not in the opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any grade, his papers are returned to his instructors, who decide, under rules o f the Faculty, whether he shall be given a degree in Course. P r e - M e d ic a l P r o g r a m Students who are considering the possibility o f attending medical (or dental) school after graduation from Swarthmore should plan their aca­ demic programs carefully to meet the pre-medical requirements, listed below, as well as the general College requirements. Specific requirements o f the various medical schools, as well as basic information on other aspects o f pre-medical and medical training, can be found in "Admission Requirements o f American Medical Colleges” published by the Association o f American Medical Colleges. Recent editions o f this book are available in the various libraries on the campus. A ll students planning a medical career should be familiar with this book. Sophomores, juniors, and seniors will be in contact with the Faculty Committee on the Pre-Medical Program fo r special advising. It is the function o f this committee to prepare a statement o f evaluation and its recommendation to each medical school to which the student may apply, basing this statement on all information available to it, including the student’s record and faculty evaluations. In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program based on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements, and the particular needs and interests o f the student. Beyond these con­ siderations the need fo r understanding basic social problems, the cultiva­ tion o f sensitiveness to cultural values, and the values o f intensive work in at least one field is kept in mind in mapping an individual program. The follow in g courses are among the minimum requirements o f most 67 medical schools: Biology 1,2, Chemistry 1,2, Chemistry 28,29, Mathe­ matics 3,4 or 5,6, Physics 1,2, English, two semester courses. The foreign language requirements o f medical schools are automatically met when the student has satisfied the college language requirement, which includes language course 4 or its equivalent. In addition, some medical schools require quantitative analysis (Chemistry 2 6 ) or vertebrate morphology (Z oolo g y 1 4 ). Advanced work in biology, chemistry and mathematics is recommended where the student’s program and interests permit. M edi­ cal school requirements are changing rapidly and the student is urged to familiarize himself with the specific requirements o f those medical schools in which he is interested in planning his program. The work o f the junior and senior year may be done either in the Honors program or in Course. Intensive work o f the major may be carried out in any department o f the student’s choice, or major requirements may be met by completing six courses in each o f two related departments in the Division o f the Natural Sciences. In the latter case the compre­ hensive examination w ill be jointly arranged by the departments con­ cerned. Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon the completion o f three years o f college work, most medical schools strongly advise completion o f four years o f college, and in practice admit very few with less. C o o p e r a t io n w it h N e ig h b o r in g In s t it u t io n s . W ith the approval o f their course adviser and the Dean, students may take courses offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford Colleges or the University o f Pennsylvania without the payment o f extra tuition. This arrangement does not apply to the summer session o f the University o f Pennsylvania. Ed u c a t io n A broad The College recognizes the general educational value o f travel and study abroad and cooperates as far as possible in enabling interested stu­ dents to take advantage o f such opportunities. It distinguishes, however, between those foreign study plans which may be taken for credit as part o f a Swarthmore educational program, and those which must be regarded as supplementary. T o be acceptable fo r credit, foreign study must meet Swarthmore academic standards, and must form a coherent part o f the student’s four-year plan o f study. The Honors Program in particular demands a concentration o f study which is not easily adapted to the very different educational systems o f foreign universities. Therefore, while some o f the approved programs listed below may normally be taken as substitutes fo r a semester or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is judged individually, and the college may withhold its approval o f a par­ ticular program, or may insist that the program be carried out as an extra college year. 68 Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Dean and by the Chairmen o f departments concerned, if credit is to be given for courses taken, and students may be asked to take examinations upon their return to the College. 1. Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under formal academic conditions may apply to one o f the programs administered by other American colleges and universities; fo r example, those o f Hamil­ ton College, Smith (College, or Sweet Briar College. These are full-year programs o f study at foreign universities, under the supervision o f Amer­ ican college personnel. Interested students should consult the Dean for details. 2. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign institutions for admission as a special student. This should be done only after consultation with the Dean and the appropriate department head, and care must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will be acceptable fo r Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities severely limit the number o f students they accept for short periods, however, and anyone who applies for admission directly must be prepared to be refused. 3. University o f K eele. For a number o f years Swarthmore College and the University o f Keele, Staffordshire, England, have had a student ex­ change each year. A student from Swarthmore is selected fo r study at Keele by a committee which interviews the applicants. The year at Keele may take the place o f the junior year at Swarthmore, though it is often taken as an extra year. 4. Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the gifts o f Amos Peaslee (Class o f ’0 7 ) were instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded each year, preferably to sophomores and juniors, fo r language study abroad. The scholarships are for a minimum o f one semester plus a summer; course credit is given for the work done upon approval o f the department con­ cerned. 5. International Association fo r the Exchange o f Students fo r Technical Experience. This program, administered by the Engineers’ Joint Council, provides opportunities fo r engineering and science students to work for engineering firms and laboratories in Europe during summer vacations. Students are paid living expenses by the employing firm in the currency o f the country in which they w ork ; they pay their own travel costs. A ppli­ cations must be made by January 1 for work the follow in g summer, and students are notified o f the Association’s decision by March 31. For further information, students should consult the chairman o f the Depart­ ment o f Engineering. 6. University o f Warwick, England. A fall semester exchange program for members o f the Swarthmore junior class majoring in History and second year students in the School o f History at W arwick was inaugurated in 1966. 69 FACULTY REGULATIONS A tten dan ce at C la sses and C o l l e c t io n Registration to take a course for credit implies regular attendance at classes, unless a student specifically elects to obtain credit in a course without attending classes. The conditions for exercising this option are set forth below. W ith this exception, students are responsible fo r regu­ lar attendance. Faculty members will report to the Deans the name o f any student whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work. The number o f cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work is not suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen must exercise particular care in this respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the matter o f class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend all classes. W hen illness necessitates absence from classes, the student should re­ port at once to the nurses or to the college physician. A student may obtain credit fo r a course without attending class meetings by reading the material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a final examination, under the follow in g conditions: 1 ) The student must signify his intent to do so at the time o f regis­ tration, having obtained the instructor’s approval in advance. 2 ) I f after such registration the student wishes to change his status and attend classes normally, he must again obtain the instructor’s approval. 3 ) T he student may be required to perform such work, in addition to the final examination, as the instructor deems necessary for adequate evaluation o f his performance. 4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the Registrar exactly as if the student had attended classes normally. Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by the faculty. A ll students are allowed two absences from Collection each term. G rades Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon the work o f students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take the form o f comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end o f each se­ mester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system, by which A means excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work, D passing but below the average required for graduation, and E failure. Beginning in September, 1968, the only reports recorded on students’ records for courses taken during their freshman year will be P (pass) or E ( f a i l ) . W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw from the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X designates a condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in the 70 first half o f a year course, but by creditable work during the second half may earn a passing grade fo r the fu ll course and thereby remove his condition. R is used to designate an auditor or in cases when the work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English. Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific assignments or examinations. T he Faculty has voted that the grade given in a course should incorporate a zero fo r any part o f the course not com­ plete by the date o f the final examination. The grade Incomplete should be given only after consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in which it can be shown that illness, military service, or the like made it impossible for the student to complete his work before the deadline, or in cases in which the instructor wishes to insist on the completion o f the work before giving a grade with penalties. I f an Inc. is received, it must normally be made up in the term immediately follow ing that in which it was incurred. A date is set at the end o f the first six weeks o f each term when make-up examinations must be taken and late papers submitted. Under special circumstances involving the use o f laboratories or attendance at courses not immediately available, a student may secure permission to extend the time fo r making up an incomplete until the second term follow ing. This permission must be given in writing and filed in the Office o f the Registrar. Any not made up within a year from the time it was imposed shall be recorded as E, a failure which cannot be made up. Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end o f each semester. For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for gradua­ tion in honors work, the recommendation o f the visiting examiners. R e g is t r a t io n A ll students are required to register at the time specified in official announcements and to file programs o f courses or seminars approved by their course advisers. Fines are imposed fo r late or incomplete regis­ tration. A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number o f courses in each semester. I f more than five or fewer than four courses seem desirable, he should consult his course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on Academic Requirements. Applications involving the late entrance into a course must be received within the first two weeks o f the semester. Applications involving with­ drawal from a course must be received not later than the middle o f the semester. Ex a m i n a t i o n s Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement o f which was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only by special arrangement with the instructor in charge o f the course. 71 N o examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be in­ terpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the col­ lege and under direct departmental supervision. S u m m e r Sc h o o l W ork Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required to obtain the endorsement o f the chairman o f the department concerned before entering upon the work, and after completing the work are re­ quired to pass an examination set by the Swarthmore department. P h y s ic a l E d u c a t i o n Physical education is required o f all women and non-veteran men in the freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the college physician. A minimum o f three periods per week shall be required. I f any semester’s work o f the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the junior year. N o student shall be permitted to enter his senior year with a deficiency in physical education. Ex c l u s i o n from College The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any further reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be refunded or remitted, in whole or in part, and neither the college nor any o f its oificers shall be under any liability whatsoever fo r such exclusion. Requirements for Graduation Bachelor of A rts and Bachelor of S c ie n c e T he degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science are conferred upon students who have met the follow in g requirements fo r graduation: 1. The candidate must have completed thirty-two courses or their equivalent. 2. H e must have an average grade o f C on the courses counted for graduation. 3. H e must have complied with the distribution requirements. 4. H e must have met the requirements in the major and supporting fields during the last two years. 5. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in his major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree with honors. 6. H e must have completed four terms o f study at Swarthmore College, two o f which have been those o f the senior year. 7. H e must have completed the physical education requirement set forth on page 72 and in statements o f the Physical Education Departments. 72 8. H e must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and library books. A dvanced D egrees M aster o f A rts and M aster o f Sc ie n c e The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f Science may be conferred subject to the follow in g requirements: Only students who have completed the work fo r the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution o f satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarthmore. The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from the department or departments concerned, to the Committee on the Master’s Degree. I f accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be reported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting o f the year in which the candidate is to begin his work. The requirements fo r the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent o f a fu ll year’s work o f graduate character. This work may be done in courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members o f the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two related departments. The catalogue statements o f departments which offer graduate work indicate the courses or seminars which may be taken fo r this purpose. A candidate fo r the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an exami­ nation conducted by the department or departments in which his work was done. H e shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that where this procedure is not practicable, exceptions may be made by the Committee on the Master’s Degree. The department or departments con­ cerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the outside examiners, together with the reports o f the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommenda­ tions to the faculty for the award o f the degree. At the option o f the department or departments concerned, a thesis may be required as part o f the work fo r the degree. A candidate for the Master’s degree w ill be expected to show before admission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his department or departments most essential fo r his field o f research. Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the announcements o f departments which admit candidates fo r the degree. The tuition fee fo r graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s degree is $1,600 per year, and the general fee fo r these students is $25 per semester. A d v a n c e d En g in e e r in g D egrees The advanced degrees o f Mechanical Engineer (M .E .), Electrical Engineer (E .E .), and Civil Engineer (G .E .), may be obtained by graduates 73 who have received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling the requirements given below: 1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five years since receiving his first degree. 2. H e must have had charge o f engineering work and must be in a position o f responsibility and trust at the time o f application. 3. H e must make application and submit an outline o f the thesis he expects to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be conferred. 4. The thesis must be submitted fo r approval one calendar month before the time o f granting the degree. 5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee o f $5 and an additional fee o f $20 when the degree is conferred. AWARDS AND PRIZES The I v y A w a r d F u n d was created by a g ift from Owen M oon, ’94. The income o f the fund is placed in the hands o f the faculty fo r award on Commencement Day to a male member o f the graduating class. The qualifications fo r the Ivy Award are similar to those fo r the Rhodes Scholarships and include (a ) qualities o f manhood, force o f character, and leadership; ( b ) literary and scholastic ability and attainments. These have been phrased by the donor in the words "leadership based upon character and scholarship.” T h e O a k L e a f A w a r d was established by David Dw ight Rowlands o f the Class o f 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory o f him by Hazel C. Rowlands, ’07, and Caroline A . Lukens, ’98. The award is made by the faculty each year to the woman member o f the Senior Class who is outstanding fo r loyalty, scholarship and service. T he M c C a b e E n g i n e e r i n g A w a r d , founded by Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee o f the faculty o f the department o f Engineering. The P h i B e t a K a p p a P r iz e is awarded by the Swarthmore Chapter to the member o f the junior class who had the best academic record for the first two years. The value o f the prize is $40. The B r a n d B l a n s h a r d P r i z e , honoring Brand Blandshard, professor o f philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The award o f $50 is presented annually to the student who, in the opinion o f the department, submits the best essay on any philosophical topic. The A . E d w a r d N e w t o n L i b r a r y P r i z e o f $50, endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established 74 by W . W . Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the Committee o f Award, shows the best and most in­ telligently chosen collection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid in the award not merely upon the size o f the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subject-matter. The K a t h e r i n e B. Sic a r d P r iz e o f $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma Fraternity in memory o f Katherine B. Sicard, ’ 34, is awarded annually to the freshman woman who, in the opinion o f the department, shows greatest proficiency in English. P u b l ic S p e a k i n g C o n t e s t s . Prizes for contests in public speaking are provided as follow s: The E l l a F r a n c e s B u n t i n g E x t e m p o r a r y Sp e a k ­ i n g F u n d awards prizes for the best extemporaneous short speeches. The O w e n M o o n F u n d provides the Delta Upsilon Speaking Contests awards for the best prepared speeches on topics o f current interest. The W i l l i a m P l u m e r P o t t e r P u b l i c S p e a k i n g F u n d , established in 1927, sponsors a contest in the reading o f poetry as well as providing funds for other contests described below and fo r the collection o f recorded literature described on page 50. Three prizes for the best student-written one-act plays are provided by the W i l l i a m P l u m e r P o t t e r F u n d . The winning plays are usually produced during the fall semester by the Little Theater Club. Prizes for the best student short stories are also awarded from the W il l ia m Plu m er Potter Fu n d . The Lois M o r r e l l P o e t r y A w a r d , given by her parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion o f the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual com ­ petition for the award. The award, consisting o f $100, is made in the spring o f the year. A ll entries should be submitted by A pril 1. The Jo h n R u s s e l l H a y e s P o e t r y P r iz e s , o f approximately $25 for a first,prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered fo r the best original poem or for a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready by April 1 o f each year. The A c a d e m y o f A m e r i c a n P o e t s has established at Swarthmore C ol­ lege one o f its five-year award programs. The Academy gives $100 each year fo r the prize poem (o r group o f poem s) submitted in a competition under the direction o f the Department o f English Literature. The pro­ gram was initiated in 1967, The M a y E. P a r r y M e m o r i a l A w a r d , given by the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member, is presented each year to the senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsmanship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable contribution to Swarthmore College. The recipient is chosen by the faculty o f the Department o f Physical Education fo r W om en. 75 F E L L O W S H IP S Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommenda­ tion o f the Committee on Fellowships, to seniors or graduates o f the college for the pursuit o f advanced work. The proposed program o f study must have the approval o f the faculty. Applications fo r fellowships must be in the hands o f the committee by April 15. Applicants fo r any one o f these fellowships will be considered fo r the others as well. These three fellowships are: The H a n n a h A . L e e d o m F e l l o w s h i p o f $1,100 founded by the bequest o f Hannah A . Leedom. The J o s h u a L i p p i n c o t t F e l l o w s h i p o f $1,400, founded by Howard W . Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory o f his father. The Jo h n L o c k w o o d M e m o r i a l F e l l o w s h i p o f $1,400, founded by the bequest o f Lydia A . Lockwood, N ew York, in memory o f her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the Society o f Friends. Four other fellowships are open to graduates o f Swarthmore College under the conditions described below: The L u c r e t i a M o t t F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary Society and sustained by the contribution o f its life members, has yielded an annual income since its foundation o f $525 or more. It is awarded each year by a committee o f the faculty to a woman graduate o f that year who is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved by this committee. The M a r t h a E. T y s o n F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions o f life members o f the society and yields an income o f $500 or more. It is awarded bien­ nially by a committee o f the faculty to a woman graduate o f that year who plans to enter elementary or secondary school work. The recipient o f the award is to pursue a course o f study in an institution approved by the Committee o f Award. Si g m a X i R e s e a r c h F e l l o w s h i p . The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma X i appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with research grants with a maximum value o f $1,000. The holders o f this fellowship are usually associates o f the chapter who have shown con­ spicuous ability in graduate studies. The purpose o f the chapter in award­ ing these fellowships is to relieve worthy students from teaching and other distracting duties so that they may concentrate as much as possible upon their research. Applications for these fellowships should be made to the secretary o f the chapter not later than the middle o f March. A ppoint­ ments will be announced about the m iddle o f April. 76 The P h i B e t a K a p p a F e l l o w s h i p o f $250, founded by the Swarthmore Chapter o f the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at the discretion o f the Committee on Fellowships on the basis o f intellectual distinction to a member o f the senior class w ho has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and who proposes to pursue graduate study and scholarly work. 77 Thom as B. and Jeannette L. M cC abe Library COURSES OF INSTRUCTION The course (semester course) is the unit o f credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given fo r double credit, i.e., equivalent to two courses. A system o f uniform numbering is used in all departments. Courses are numbered as follow s: 1 11 51 101 to 9— introductory courses to 49— other courses open to students o f all classes to 69— advanced courses limited to Juniors and Seniors. to 199— seminars fo r Honors students and graduate students Year courses the number o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2) must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work only. ART Department o f Art History Professors: Robert M. W alker , Chairm an H edley H. R hys A ssociate Professors: Joh n W . W illiams f T im othy K. K itao Instructor : M olly Paries ** V isitINO L ecturer : D avid Sylvester * * * The o f the Department is to study the historical significance and aesthetic values o f architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and drawings). Methods and problems o f criticism are considered: observation, analysis, inter­ pretation and evaluation. Instruction is given by means o f original works of art as well as by the usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private collections in N ew York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and W ashington and to signifi­ cant examples o f architecture in these areas. R e q u ir e m e n t s and R e c o m m e n d a t io n s Prerequisites: Majors in Course and majors and minors in Honors must take two courses, one o f which must be Art History 1. This requirement must be fulfilled before the junior year. For other students the prerequisite for all other courses is Art History 1, with the exception o f Art History 30, Modern Architecture, which is open to Engineers without any prerequisite. Majors in Course: The program consists o f at least eight courses (including Art History 1) in the Department. The student must have at least one course in each o f the major periods o f art history. Majors and Minors in H onors: Majors in Honors may take four seminars in the Department. A minor in Honors usually consists o f two seminars. T he seminars offered in any one semester vary according to the requirements o f the students and the convenience o f the Department. Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work in art history requires a knowledge o f French and German. C ourses 1. Introduction to A rt H istory, Mr. Kitao, Mr. Walker. Each semester A critical study o f the nature and development o f architecture, sculpture and painting in the historical context o f the major cultural periods o f western civilization from the Fifth Century B.C. T w o hours o f lectures and a conference meeting each week. 11. D esign in D rawing and Painting . Mr. Rhys. Spring semester The basic elements o f design and their function in drawing and painting. Types o f harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and spatial. The methods o f design and representation that characterize the various his­ torical styles. Practical exercises required demand no special technical apti­ tude, since the purpose o f the course is to develop a critical understanding o f drawing and painting and not technical skill. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. ** Spring semester, 1968-69. *** Spring semester, 1969-70. 80 13. A ncient A rt . M r. W a lk er. Fall semester A study o f the development o f the forms o f architecture, sculpture and paint­ ing as they express the cultural patterns o f Ancient Greece from the Bronze A ge through the Hellenistic Age. 16. Early M edieval A rt . Mr. Williams. Fall semester The formation and development o f art and architecture in Europe and the Mediterranean from about 300 to 1000 A .D . N ot offered in 1968-69. 17. Romanesque and G othic A rt . Mr. Williams. Spring semester T he art o f Western Europe from about 1000 to about 1350 A .D . N ot offered in 1968-69. 18. Italian Renaissance A rt . Mr. Kitao. Fall semester A study o f selected problems in Italian art and architecture from 1400 to 1600 as represented by such masters as Masaccio, Donatello, Leonardo, Raphael, Michelangelo, Titian and Palladio. N ot offered in 1968-69. 20. N orthern Renaissance A rt . Miss Faries. Spring semester Developments in painting and the graphic arts during the fifteenth and six­ teenth centuries in France, the Netherlands and Germany through the study o f individual artists such as Jan van Eyck, Roger van der W eyden, Jean Fouquet, Albrecht Dürer, Grünewald, Holbein, Jerome Bosch and Pieter Bruegel. 21. Baroque A rt . Mr. Kitao. Spring semester A study o f selected problems in European art and architecture o f the seven­ teenth century as represented by such masters as Caravaggio, the Carracci, Rubens, Bernini, Borromini, Rembrandt and Velazquez. Special attention will be given to the genesis of the Baroque style in Rome. 30. M odern A rchitecture. Mr. Walker. Spring semester A n introduction to the nature o f architecture and the functions o f the archi­ tect through a study o f the developments in European and American build­ ing during the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence o f economic, technological and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed on the study o f original examples in the N ew Y ork and Philadelphia areas and on the work o f such men as Sullivan, W right, Gropius, Mies van der Rohe, Saarinen and Le Corbusier. The prerequisite o f Art History 1 is waived for students in Engineering. 31. M odern Painting . Mr. Rhys. Fall semester Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings o f the various move­ ments and their relationship to changing social and political attitudes. 32. A merican A rt . Mr. Rhys. Spring semester Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial Period to the present day, their connection with European art and their significance as a reflection o f American culture. N ot offered in 1968-69. 51. Far Eastern A rt . Mr. Rhys. Spring semester An introduction to the history o f pictorial art in Asia, especially China and Japan, from the earliest phases and origins o f pictorial art in China to new movements in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Iconography, stylistic definition and the treatment o f form, color and space as they differ from such concerns in Western art w ill receive special attention. 81 56. T he City . M r. K itao. Fall semester A study o f the visual and physical aspects o f our man-made environment; the way it affects our lives through our immediate perception and daily use o f it; perception, analysis and interpretation o f the form, structure, imagery and dynamics o f selected historical and contemporary urban spaces. 60. Senior Reading. Staff. Spring semester 61-62. Senior T hesis. Staff. Fall and spring semesters W ith the approval o f the department a thesis may be written during the senior year. 63-64. Colloquium : Problems in T wentieth C entury A rt . Mr. Sylvester. Spring semester Offered in 1969-70. 65-66. Colloquium : M ichelangelo. Mr. Williams. Spring semester Offered in 1969-70. H onors S e m in a r s 101. A ncient A rt . Mr. Walker. Fall semester A study o f the development of the forms o f art and architecture as they express the cultural patterns o f Ancient Greece from the Bronze A ge through the Hellenistic Age. 103. M edieval A rt . Mr. Williams. Fall semester The development of the forms o f Christian art during the M iddle Ages from the fourth to the thirteenth century. N ot offered in 1968-69. 104. Italian Renaissance A rt . Mr. Kitao. Spring semester A study o f selected problems in Italian art and architecture from 1400 to 1600 with special emphasis on the development o f the H igh Renaissance by Raphael, Michelangelo and Bramante in the Rome o f Julius II. 105. N orthern Renaissance Painting . Miss Faries. Spring semester Developments in painting and the graphic arts during the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in France, the Netherlands and Germany with intensive study o f individual masters: Jan van Eyck, Roger van der W eyden, Jean Fouquet, Albrecht Differ, Jerome Bosch and Pieter Bruegel. 106. Baroque A rt . Mr. Kitao. Spring semester A study o f selected problems in European art and architecture o f the seven­ teenth and eighteenth centuries with special emphasis on the genesis and development o f the Baroque style in Rome. N ot offered in 1968-69. 107. M odern Painting . Mr. Rhys. Fall semester Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings o f the various move­ ments and their relationship to changing social and political attitudes. 108. Problems in T wentieth Century A rt . Mr. Sylvester. Spring semester Offered in 1969-70. 109. M aster Print M akers. Mr. Walker. Spring semester A consideration o f certain problems in the history o f the graphic arts. A study o f the work of such men as Schongauer, Differ, Rembrandt, Goya, Daumier, Toulouse-Lautrec, and Picasso for the development o f expression in the media of woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Stu­ dents work almost exclusively with originals in the Print Room o f the Phila­ delphia Museum and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown. 82 Program In Studio Arts I n s t r u c t i n g St a f f : H a r r ie t S h o r r B a g u s k a s , A cting Director W il l Brow n Barbara Elm o re K it Y in Jo h n V T i e n g Sn y d e r * * o r l ic e k W ork in drawing, pointing and printmaking may be taken for course credit with the approval o f the instructor and normally after a semester’ s work without credit. The courses are designed for half-course credit. 1. D rawing . Mrs. Baguskas. Each semester Three hour studio course. The student w ill be expected to fulfill twelve drawing assignments in addition to work in the class. Introduction to the problems o f drawing and to the various drawing media. Emphasis on drawing from the nude figure. Drawing trips, four during the semester, w ill enable the student to explore the problems o f landscape drawing. 5. Introduction to O il Painting . Mrs. Baguskas. Fall semester Problems in oil painting with the emphasis on the making o f space and form through color. Exploration o f color through collage complements work in painting. W ork w ill be largely from still life set ups, each student designing his own. Four visiting painters from N ew York w ill give critiques to the class during the course o f the semester. Gallery trips to N ew Y ork and Philadelphia will be an integral and required part o f the course. 6. Introduction to O il Painting . Mrs. Baguskas. Spring semester Problems in oil painting with the emphasis on the figure, in interior and landscape space. Four visiting critics. Students w ill study through slides and library sources the development o f figure painting. 9. Printmaking . Mr. Vorlicek. Each semester Exploration in the processes o f Intaglio and Screen printing. The techniques and tools o f etching, aquatint, drypoint, engraving and silk screen are dis­ cussed and demonstrated. The student w ill explore one o f these processes thoroughly. Discussion and criticism o f formal organization is an integral part o f the course. Students w ill visit, with the instructor, important collec­ tions o f prints so they can study first hand various technical and aesthetic aspects o f printmaking. Studio work, not given for course credit, is offered in jewelry making, photog­ raphy and film, and pottery. There w ill be twelve classes o f two hours each during the semester. Jewelry. Mrs. Elmore. Each semester Instruction in the making of jewelry and small sculpture, using copper silver and enamel. Techniques o f sawing, shaping, soldering and polishing for the beginner, etching, dressing, stone setting and work in gold for the more advanced. | Photography and Film . Mr. Brown. Spring semester Instruction in the techniques of film making. Individual projects in film as well as a class film. Instruction in photography and dark room techniques. Pottery. Mrs. Snyder. Each semester Beginning course. An introduction to the techniques o f forming stoneware pottery. Instruction in handbuilding, throwing on the potter s wheel and glazing- . . ,. ., , Advanced course. (Six two-hour classes) Concentration on individual proj­ ects with the emphasis on form and glazing. Instruction in kiln operation. ** Fall semester. 83 ASTRONOMY Pro fesso r: Peter V is it in g K a m p , Chairman and Director o f Sproul Observatory v a n de P rofessors: R esearch A W il h e l m W il l e m s s o c ia t e s a n d B ecker ** J. L u y t e n * * L e c t u r e r s : Jo h n L. H ersh ey Sa r a h L e e L i p p i n c o t t R e s e a r c h A s s is t a n t : B a r r y H . F e ie r m a n Astronomy deals with the nature o f the universe about us and the methods em­ ployed to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The elementary courses present the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth of our knowl­ edge o f the facts and development o f theories. The advanced courses consider some o f these problems in detail. The seminars deal primarily with the techniques, methods and problems o f the Sproul Observatory research program. The principal instrument o f the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual refractor o f thirty-six-foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography. The instrument, recently renovated, has been in operation since 1912 and provides a valuable and steadily expanding collection o f photographs. Measuring and cal­ culating machines are available for the measurement and reduction o f the photo­ graphs. The principal program o f the Observatory is an accurate study o f the distances, motions and masses o f the nearer stellar systems. The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night o f each month during the college year— October through May. W ith clear weather, visitors have the opportunity o f seeing many celestial objects o f various types in the course o f a year. The visiting hours are from 7:00 to 8:30 p.m. in the fall and winter, but are set later during the spring. R e q u ir e m e n t s for M a jo r s Prerequisites for an Astronomy major, in course, are Astronomy 1-2, or 1-15, advanced courses and seminars (taken as double courses) in Astronomy, combined with work in mathematics and physics. Prerequisites for admission to the honors program in Astronomy, either as a major or a minor, are Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy 1-2, or 1-15, Physics 1-2, and a reading knowledge o f French, German or Russian. C ourses 1—2. D escriptive A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp, Mr. Becker, and Mr. Luyten. Year course These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results o f astronomy. Fundamental notions o f physics are studied as they are needed to provide an adequate scientific basis for the course. Three class periods each week, practical work to be arranged. 13. Introduction to M athematical A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp. Spherical astronomy; concepts. celestial navigation; ** Spring semester, 1968-69. 84 the two body problem; energy 14. Problems of G alactic Structure . Miss Lippincott. Stellar motions, magnitudes and spectra. Star clusters and associations. Unstable stars. Stellar populations. 15. Intermediate A stronomy . Mr. Becker and Mr. Luyten. Survey o f observational data. Variable and double stars. Stellar spectra and stellar structure. Spectrum-luminosity diagram. Evolution o f stars and clusters; galactic structure. Prerequisites: Mathematics 3-4 or equivalent; Physics 1-2, or equivalent, may be taken concurrently with consent o f instructors. H Se m i n a r s onors 101. A strometry. Mr. van de Kamp. Spherical trigonometry, celestial sphere. Stellar positions and their changes. Precession, proper motion, parallax and aberration. Solar motion, galactic rotation. Relation between sphere and plane. Long-focus photographic astrometry, technique and methods. Analysis o f stellar paths for proper mo­ tion and parallax; secular acceleration. Visual binaries; analysis for massratio; perturbations. Star fields; clusters and multiple stars. Theory of errors, method o f least squares. 103. Cosmic M atter , Radiation, and Fields. Phenomena in the upper atmosphere. Solar-terrestrial relationships. rays. Radiation belts. Radio astronomy. Meteors and meteorites. with rockets, artificial satellites and space probes. N ot offered in 1968-69. 104. A strophysics. Cosmic Studies Mr. Hershey. Review o f observational material. Atomic spectra. The gaseous Radiation. Continuous spectra o f stars. Formation o f absorption Stellar interiors. 110. Research Project . state. lines. Staff. G raduate W ork In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’ s degree (see page 7 3 ), this department offers the possibility for graduate work. Candidates for the Master’s degree w ill normally take four honors seminars, selected from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with the faculty member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may be substituted fo r one o f the seminars. Candidates fo r the Master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge o f two modern languages. 85 B IO L O G Y P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t K . En d e r s L a u n c e J. F l e m i s t e r L u z e r n e G . L iv in g s t o n f N orm an N eal A. M A. W e in k o t h , Chairman eber A s s o c ia t e Pro fesso r: K A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : Jo h n enneth S. R a w s o n B. J e n k i n s , Jr . R o b e r t E. Sa v a g e A s s is t a n t s : B a r b a r a Y . St e w a r t Je a n D . T o m e z s k o Through its elementary course the Department o f Biology introduces the student to a comprehensive view o f those principles, problems and phenomena common to all organisms, with plants and animals interpreted on a comparative basis. Advanced courses are listed under three categories: those dealing specifically with plant biology (B otany), or animal biology (Z o o lo g y ), and those whose subject matter deals with phenomena common to all living organisms (B io lo g y ). Following the broad review o f the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the course in general biology, advanced work is taken up in two different ways: first, specific aspects o f the broad subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in anatomy and physiology, second, broader aspects o f a specific subject are treated as in entomology, parasitology, embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy. T he structural and functional consideration is extended to include problems o f inter­ dependence o f organisms in plant and animal societies and the influence o f physical, chemical and biological factors in the survival o f those societies. R e q u ir e m e n t s for M a jo r s in C ourse A student may elect to major in biology, botany or zoology. Students in Course should include the follow ing supporting subjects in addition to the eight courses in their major subject: chemistry, including at least one semester in organic chemistry, two courses in physics and two in mathematics. These courses are re­ quired for majors in botany or zoology, and should be completed by the end of the junior year. The program for biology majors may be modified in respect to outside requirements when the department considers cause for such modification to be sufficient. H onors W ork Requirements for admission to Honors with major work in the department in­ clude: Biology 1,2, another course in the department, chemistry through organic chemistry, physics, and first year mathematics. It should be noted that certain subjects likely to be chosen as minors in other departments require a second year o f mathematics. Honors students in this department may designate a major in biology, botany or zoology according to their preferences. Offerings listed under Biology may be included in a major in botany or zoology, but a botany major may not include papers listed as Zoology nor the zoology major include those listed under Botany. A major in biology w ill by definition include papers selected from among the t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69. 86 total departmental Honors offerings. Any Honors program in the biological sci­ ences must include at least two papers outside the department. Students planning a minor in biology, botany or zoology should note the pre­ requisites listed fo r each seminar, and consult with the department chairman. Biology 1,2. G eneral Biology. Staff. A n introduction to the study o f living things. A consideration o f the proper­ ties o f protoplasm and the structure o f the cell; a brief survey o f living forms, both plant and animal. The methods by which organisms maintain themselves, grow and reproduce, and a discussion o f the mechanism o f heredity. Some time w ill be devoted to the interrelationships o f plants and animals in com­ munities, and the place o f man in the whole structure. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. 20. G enetics. Mr. Jenkins. Fall semester The course centers around three basic areas: the nature o f the genetic material, its transmission, and its mode o f action; the role o f genetics in development and evolution w ill also be considered. Some time w ill be devoted to historical development o f the basic concepts o f genetics, and to the social implications o f modern genetics. Three periods per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library projects in lieu o f formally organized laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 1,2. 21. Cell Biology. M r. Savage. Spring semester A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f cytoplasmic components o f the cell, including membranes and membrane surrounded organelles (endo­ plasmic reticulum, G olgi, lysosomes, microbodies, mitochondria, chloroplasts and other plastids), ribosomes, centrioles, and related structures. Laboratory experiments illustrate techniques commonly used in cell biology. Three hours o f lecture or discussion and one period o f laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and concurrent registration in organic chemistry. 59. Cytology . Mr. Savage. Fall semester A study o f the structure and function o f cells as units o f biological organ­ ization, and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the student learns some o f the techniques by which information about cells is arrived at and observes the characteristics o f cells as units and as parts of organized tissues. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry. 68. Biology of Bacteria. Mr. Livingston. Spring semester A n approach to the study o f bacteriology with principal emphasis on the con­ sideration o f bacteria as organisms rather than as causative agents o f disease, etc. The morphology, physiology and biochemistry, ecology, genetics, and classification o f bacteria. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry. H onors W ork 102. Cytology . Mr. Savage. Fall semester A study o f the structure and function o f the cell. Living material w ill be examined and modern microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory. 87 113. G enetics. Mr. Jenkins. Spring semester A n extension o f the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on current research in the field o f inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day o f laboratory work each week. 115. M icrobiology. Mr. Livingston. Spring semester A n extension o f the area covered in course 68. Particular emphasis is placed on physiological and biochemical aspects o f the subject. Some work on fungi and viruses is included. N ot offered in 1968-69. Botany 15. T axonomy of Seed P lants . Spring semester A n introduction to the classification o f the major groups o f flowering plants and gymnosperms, stressing those o f biological, cultural, or economic interest. Thè emphasis is upon a w orld wide flora and upon cultivated as well as wild plants. Modern concepts o f phylogeny, biosystematics, and biogeography are included. Suggested as an early course for biology majors and as a cultural course for non-majors. Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1,2. 16. D evelopmental P lant A natomy . Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, fall semester The fundamentals o f anatomy o f seed plants approached from a developmental standpoint. The structure and behavior o f meristems, problems and processes o f differentiation, and a detailed analysis o f cellular, tissue and organ structure in higher plants. T w o lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1,2. 18. Biology of Lower Plants . Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, fall semester A n introduction to the algae, fungi, mosses, and ferns, including aspects of their classification, phylogeny, structure, physiology, and ecology. The labora­ tories are in part exploratory and experimental. Their content depends in part upon the current interests o f staff and students. Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1,2. N o t offered in 1968-69. 67. Plant Physiology. Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, spring semester A n integrated study o f the physiological processes o f higher plants, including general cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action, photosynthesis, metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology o f growth and development, and related topics. T w o lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry. N o t offered in 1968-69. 70. Plant Ecology. Alternate years, fall semester A study o f the structure, distribution, and dynamics o f plant communities. Background material in physical geography is included. The impact of plant communities upon man through agriculture and land use practices is mentioned but not stressed. Laboratory work emphasizes the accumulation and analysis o f field data. 88 Three lectures and one field trip or laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and permission o f the instructor. N o t offered in 1968-69. 71-72. Special T opics. Staff. W ith the permission o f the department, qualified students may elect to pursue a research or reading program not included in the regular course program. H onors W 111. Plant Physiology. ork Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, spring semester A n extension o f the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on a critical study o f original sources, both classical and current. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day o f laboratory work each week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry. N o t offered in 1968-69. 112. Problems of Plant G rowth and D evelopment. Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, fall semester A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant anatomy and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day o f laboratory work each week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and permission o f the instructor. 118. Plant Ecology. Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, fall semester A study o f the interrelationships between plants and their environment. D is­ cussion periods are devoted to the development o f basic principles. Field and laboratory work applies these concepts to specific organisms and habitants. Laboratory work is used to isolate problems encountered in the field. Both higher plants and microorganisms are used as experimental materials. Com­ parisons are made between aquatic and terrestrial habitants. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and permission o f the instructor. N o t offered in 1968-69. 120. Special T opics. Staff. W ith the permission of the department, qualified students may elect to pursue a research problem or reading program not included in the regular offerings in honors. Zoology 12. V ertebrate Physiology. Mr. Flemister. A general consideration placed on mammals and animal to environmental dividual student’s area o f in Biology is desirable. period per week. N ot offered in 1968-69. Spring semester o f the functional process in animals with emphasis other vertebrates. The aspects o f adaptation o f the stress are treated in such a way as to serve the in­ concentration. In preparation the introductory course T w o lectures, one conference and one laboratory 14. V ertebrate M orphology . Mr. W eber. Fall semester A consideration o f the vertebrate body plan at the microscopic, developmental and adult gross morphological levels. Areas stressed in some detail w ill in­ clude the structure and microscopic appearance o f vertebrate tissues and organs, embryonic development o f an amphibian through organogenesis and adult mammalian gross morphology. Three hours o f lecture or discussion and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1,2. 89 25. Field Z oology. Mr. W eber. Spring semester Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics, relationships to the environment, habits and distribution. Regional and world faunas w ill be discussed. Much o f the work w ill be done in the field. Prerequisite: 52. Embryology. Biology 1,2, Zoology 14 desirable. Mr. Enders. Fall semester A study o f development o f vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned with an investigation o f the events which precede development, an analysis o f the development processes, and a brief survey o f the contributions o f the field o f experimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the embryology o f the frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1,2, Zoology 14. 53. Biology of A rthropods. Mr. W eber. Fall semester The study o f insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological adaptations and their effect on man. Laboratory work w ill include the study o f living material and current research w ill be considered. Each student will prepare a study collection from field trips. N o t offered in 1968-69. 54. Biology of Parasitism. Mr. Meinkoth. Alternate years, spring semester A consideration o f parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to the parasitic habit. Surveys are made o f parasites in native animals. Classifica­ tion, life cycles and epidemiology are reviewed. 56. Invertebrate Z oology . Mr. Meinkoth. Fall semester A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology, classification, phylogeny and special problems o f the invertebrate phyla. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. 57. Comparative Physiology. Occasional field trips. Mr. Flemister. Fall semester A course o f lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes from the standpoint o f adaptation o f the animal to its environment. These processes in representative animals are compared in order to follow their elaboration from the more general to the more specialized. T w o lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Z oology 14, organic chemistry and physics. 58. Physiological Ecology. Mr. Flemister. Spring semester A course o f lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological adaptations o f representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements and availability o f optimum conditions o f temperature, oxygen, foqd-stuffs and the maintenance o f ionic independence are appraised. T w o lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Z oology 57. 60. Biology of A nimal C ommunities . Mr. Rawson. Fall semester The study o f animals at the emergent level o f populations. Problems of animal behavior as related to the growth and maintenance o f populations will be considered with particular reference to communication and social interaction within animal groups. Both field and laboratory study techniques w ill be used. T w o lectures per week and the equivalent of one laboratory meeting per week. Prerequisite: Biology 20 or Z oology 14. 90 60a. Selected T opics in Comparative Social O rganization . Mr. Novick, Mr. Rawson, Mr. Thompson. H alf course, spring semester Evening film and lecture series on the social organization o f various animal species, including man. Films, speakers, readings, and discussions concern­ ing the environmental and structural forces which shape social groups. Designed for students who have had, or are taking concurrently, SociologyAnthropology 23, Psychology 36, or Z oology 60. 63, 64. Special T opics. Staff. Full or half course For advanced students. Open to those who, on account o f fitness, have arranged a program o f special work in the department. H onors W ork 103. Embryology. Mr. Enders. Spring semester A n analysis o f reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes individual projects by the students, a study o f developmental anatomy o f the chick, pig and frog, and the observation o f living material under normal and experimental conditions. Prerequisite: Z oology 14. 104. Comparative Physiology. M r. Flemister. Fall semester A n intensive consideration o f the physical and chemical phenomena underly­ ing the function o f animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order to consider the progression from more general to the most specialized adjust­ ments, acclimatizations and adaptations o f animals to physical, chemical and biological stresses in the environment. The terminal portion of the laboratory program is devoted to the pursuit o f original, independent work by the student. Prerequisites: Zoology 14, organic chemistry and physics. 106. Biology of A rthropods. Alternate years, fall semester Following a survey o f insects in general, a detailed study o f one aspect of the field w ill be undertaken. This w ill involve use o f a scientific library, independent work on one topic, and discussions of current research. N o t offered in 1968-69. 107. Invertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth. Alternate years, fall semester A study o f the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adapta­ tion o f invertebrate phyla with a special emphasis on evolutionary trends, ecological relations, and problems peculiar to each group. 108. Sensory Physiology. Mr. Rawson. Alternate years, spring semester The functional specializations o f sense organs for the transfer o f information in biological systems are considered in relation to the adaptations o f verterbrate and invertebrate animals to their environments. Electrophysiological and behavioral approaches are used in laboratory studies. N o t offered in 1968-69. 109 Biology of A nimal Communities. Mr. Rawson. Fall semester The subject o f Course 60 in seminar format. The analysis o f the interrelations o f species considered in an ecological context including a study o f animal be­ havior relating to the growth and maintenance o f animal populations. 110. Special T opics. Staff. Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work in the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior assistants in the research o f staff members. 91 C H E M IS T R Y Professors: Edward A. Fehnel W alter B. K eighton , Jr ., Chairm an A ssociate Professor: Peter T. T hompson A ssistant Professors: James H. H ammons % James R. H utchison Robert E. Leyon Claude E. W intner The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the fundamental principles and basic techniques o f the science rather than, to deal with specialized branches o f the subject. The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of three classes o f students: 1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, w ho turn to chemistry as a scientific study o f general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2 offers training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the laboratory method o f investigation, and a presentation o f some o f the major intellectual achievements o f chemistry. 2. Students who seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of astronomy, botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology. These students should consult with their major department and with the Chem­ istry department concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs. 3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students should take Chemistry 1, 2, or 3, 4 and Mathematics in their freshman year; Chem­ istry 28, 29, Mathematics and Physics in their sophomore year; Chemistry 26, 27 and Chemistry 61, 62 in their junior year. Some students interested in chemistry as a scientific study o f general educational value, but with no intention o f pursuing chemistry as a profession, w ill find these basic courses sufficient for their needs. Students w ho wish to meet the minimum standards o f the American Chemical Society for professional training in chemistry should also take Chemistry 56, an additional semester o f advanced chemistry, and have a reading knowledge of scientific German.* Additional mathematics and physics are strongly recommended. 1, 2. Introduction to Chemistry. Mr. Keighton and Staff. A study o f the central concepts and basic principles o f chemistry; the in­ terpretation o f chemical properties and reactions through equilibrium con­ stants, oxidation potentials, free energies, thermochemistry; the relation of chemical properties to atomic and molecular structure and to the Periodic Table; rates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions. Students w ho enter college with advanced training in chemistry are en­ couraged to take a placement examination during freshman orientation week to determine which college chemistry course they should start with. Chemistry 1, 2 or 3, 4 is a prerequisite for all other courses in chemistry. One laboratory period weekly. 3, 4. G eneral Chemistry. Mr. Hutchison. The subject matter o f this course parallels that o f Chemistry 1, 2 but at a more advanced and mathematically oriented level. The course is intended This may be demonstrated by completing German 4 or 8 or by an examination given by the Department of Chemistry, preferably before the beginning o f the senior year. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 92 for students with a strong interest in chemistry, whose high school prepara­ tion has been extensive, and w ho are prepared to work independently. Admission to this course is based on consultation with the staff and a place­ ment examination. Chemistry 1, 2 or 3, 4 is a prerequisite for all other courses in chemistry. One laboratory period weekly. 26, 27. Q uantitative Chemistry. Mr. Leyon. Reactions and equilibria in acid-base, complexation, oxidation-reduction, and two-phase systems are studied, with emphasis on their applications in chemical analysis. The principles and methods o f laboratory measurements, volumetric and gravimetric analysis, spectrophotometry, electroanalytical techniques, sep­ arations and chromatography, and organic analysis are introduced and de­ veloped. Laboratory work is designed to illustrate the lecture material, to give the student practical experience with theories, techniques, and instruments o f modern analytical chemistry, and to encourage an independent approach to experimental work. Course 26 satisfies most medical school requirements. Chemistry 61, 62 taken concurrently is highly desirable. One laboratory period weekly. 28, 29. O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Wintner. An introduction to the chemistry o f the more important classes o f organic compounds, with emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reactions, and methods of synthesis. Current theoretical concepts ot structure and mechanism are applied throughout the course to the interpretation o f the properties and re­ actions o f a w ide variety o f organic compounds. The laboratory work illustrates some o f the principles and reactions discussed in the classroom and provides practical experience in the techniques involved in synthesizing, isolating, purifying, and characterizing organic compounds. One laboratory period weekly. 56. O rganic Structure D etermination . Mr. Fehnel. Fall semester Classroom and laboratory study o f the principles and techniques involved in the elucidation o f the structures o f organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation o f structure and properties o f organic molecules and on the theoretical principles underlying various chemical and spectroscopic methods o f identification and structure determination. Prerequisite: Chemistry 29. One laboratory period weekly. 58. Biological Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel. Spring semester A n introduction to the chemistry o f living systems, with emphasis on the relationship o f molecular structure and chemical reactivity to biological function. Consideration w ill be given to such topics as the organic chemistry o f cellular constituents, certain aspects o f intermediary metabolism and bio­ synthesis, mechanisms of enzyme action, and the chemical basis o f genetics. Prerequisites: Chemistry 29 and consent o f the instructor. Prior or con­ current enrollment in Biology 21 is strongly recommended. 60. Physical Chemistry. Mr. Thompson. Spring semester The principles o f physical chemistry are studied with emphasis on application to material systems including the gaseous, liquid, solid and solution states. Topics included are chemical thermodynamics, rate processes and the applica­ tion o f quantum mechanical principles in such areas as spectroscopy, structure determination, and molecular bonding. . One laboratory period weekly. This course is intended primarily for students majoring in engineering. Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 or 16, Physics 2, and Engineering 53. 93 61, 62. T heoretical Chemistry. Mr. Hutchison. The principles o f physical chemistry are studied and a number o f numerical exercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f chemical reactions. Prerequisites: Second year mathematics and general physics. One laboratory period weekly. 63. Q uantum Chemistry. Mr. Thompson. Fall semester A n extension o f course 61, 62 in breadth and depth. Quantum mechanics is introduced and applied to a variety o f problems in valence theory and molecular structure determination. Such topics as atomic structure, chemical bonding theory, molecular spectroscopy, dielectric and magnetic phenomena, molecular symmetry, and statistical mechanics are considered. Prerequisite: Chemistry 62. 65. A dvanced Inorganic Chemistry. Mr. Hutchison. Spring semester Important principles for the understanding o f the chemical behavior o f in­ organic compounds are discussed. Topics include: electronic structure of atoms, ionic and covalent bonding, molecular orbital theory applied to in­ organic compounds, and inorganic reaction mechanisms. Considerable empha­ sis is placed on the chemistry o f transition metal coordination compounds through the application o f ligand field theory. Prerequisite: Chemistry 62. Prior or concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 63 is highly desirable. One laboratory period weekly. 67. A dvanced O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel. Spring semester Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital concepts, reaction mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free radicals, and other topics o f current interest. A familiarity with physical chemistry is desirable. Prerequisite: Chemistry 29. 69. Special T opics. Staff. Fall and spring semester A n elective half-course, which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced students to undertake original investigations or to make detailed literature studies o f selected topics in the fields o f inorganic, organic, analytical, and physical chemistry. The course is designed to give the student practical ex­ perience in the solution o f a research problem, to develop facility in the use of the chemical literature and in the interpretation and communication o f experi­ mental results, and to stimulate interest in current developments in chemical research. Students w ho propose to take this course should consult with the appropriate instructor during the early part o f the semester preceding that in which the work is to be done. Approximately ten hours o f laboratory and/or library work weekly. H onors W ork Before admission to Honors work the chemistry major w ill have completed Chem­ istry 1, 2 or 3, 4, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. It is recommended that students in the Honors program take Chemistry 101 and 105 in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and 108 in the senior year, together with seminars in biology, mathematics, or physics. 94 101. T heoretical Chemistry. Mr. Thompson. Fall semester The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermo­ dynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f chemical re­ actions. Prerequisites: Second year mathematics and general physics. One seminar and laboratory weekly. 105. Chemical A nalysis. Mr. Leyon. Spring semester The material coverbd is essentially the same as in courses 26 and 27: the principles and practice o f volumetric and gravimetric analysis, optical and electrical methods o f analysis, separation techniques, and the analysis of organic compounds. The analytical chemistry o f the common elements is studied to illustrate the application o f analytical methods. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 4, and 101. One seminar and laboratory weekly. 106. A dvanced O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel. Fall semester A n intensive study o f essentially the same subject matter as is covered in courses 56 and 67. A familiarity with physical chemistry is desirable. Prerequisites: Chemistry 28, 29 and senior standing. One seminar and laboratory weekly. 108. V alence and M olecular Structure. Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Thompson. Spring semester Topics such as the periodic table and atomic structure, types and properties o f bonds, the chemistry o f transition metals, coordination compounds, acidbase and oxidation-reduction mechanisms, etc., are studied. Quantum theory is developed and applied throughout to these topics and the use o f dielectric and magnetic phenomena, spectroscopy, and molecular symmetry in determining structure is discussed. Laboratory: study o f reaction kinetics and equilibria in inorganic systems. Prerequisite: Chemistry 62 or 101. One seminar and laboratory weekly. 95 C L A S S IC S Professors: Susan P. Cobbs H elen F. N orth , Chairman M artin O stwald A ssistant Professor: T homas N. M itchell Instructor : G ilbert P. R ose V isiting L ecturer : N orris M. G etty ** The Department o f Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute the study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 31 on­ wards presuppose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and are open without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and other aspects o f the ancient w orld and include the study o f classical literature in translation. Swarthmore College contributes to the American Academy in Rome and the American School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students have the. privileges accorded to undergraduates from contributing institutions (use o f the library at both schools and consultation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides facilities for the study o f Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics majors, recommended by the Department, are eligible to study at the Center, usually during their junior year, either for one semester or for two. R equirements and R ecommendations for M ajors Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in Course or in Honors work. M ajor students in Course are normally required to complete during the first tw o years either Greek 11,12 or Latin 11,12. Both o f these courses are prerequisite for Honors seminars for a major student and one o f them for Honors seminars fo r a minor student. Majors in both Honors and Course are strongly advised to take for at least one semester a course in prose composition (Greek 9,10 or Latin 9 ,1 0 ). In the Honors program, three or four papers constitute a major in Greek or in Latin. Normally all but one o f these w ill be prepared for by seminars. Either Directed Reading in a field in which a seminar is not given (courses 17,18), a thesis, or a course supplemented by additional independent work may be used to prepare for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin, at least one o f which must be prepared for by a seminar. G reek 1-2. Elementary G reek. Mr. Rose. Year course The essentials o f Greek grammar are covered and selections from master­ pieces o f Greek literature are read. 9 ,1 0 . G reek Prose Composition . Staff. H alf course, each semester Course meets one hour a week. This course is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise. ** Spring Semester, 1968-69. 96 11,12. Intermediate G reek. Miss North, Mr. Ostwald. Plato’s A pology, a play o f Euripides, and selections from Homer are read. 13,14. G reek Prose A uthors. Mr. Rose. The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of the class. These readings are supplemented by a survey o f the history o f Greek Literature. Credit is given for each semester. 15,16. G reek Poets. Staff. The works read are determined by the interests and needs o f the members o f the class. Credit is given for each semester. The course is offered only when required. 17,18. D irected R eading. Staff. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the con­ sent o f the departmental chairman. 20. Special T opics. Staff. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Latin 1-2. Elementary Latin . Mr. Rose, Mr. Getty. Year course The course is designed for students w ho begin Latin in college or who are not prepared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent o f two years’ work in secondary school. 3. T he Philosophical W orks of C icero. Staff. Fall semester This course has been especially designed fo r students entering Swarthmore with two or three years o f Latin in secondary school. Its governing assump­ tion is that those w ho wish seriously to study Latin literature and language require at this point an intensive review and refinement o f their grammatical knowledge by a combination of close reading and prose composition. 4. O vid. Mr. Getty. Spring semester A n intensive study o f O vid’s Metamorphoses and a review o f the principles o f Latin grammar. 9,10. Latin Prose Composition . Staff. Half course, each semester Course meets one hour a week. This course is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise. 11. Livy. M r. Mitchell. semester A study o f the foremost prose author o f the Augustan Age. This course is normally open to students w ho have had four or more years of secon­ dary-school Latin. Students admitted with less than four years o f secondaryschool Latin are required to take Latin 9 in conjunction with this course. 12. H orace. Miss Cobbs. Spring semestei A study o f the Odes o f Horace. This course is normally open to students w ho have had four or more years o f secondary-school Latin. Students ad­ mitted with less than four years o f secondary-school Latin are required to take Latin 10 in conjunction with this course. 97 13. Catullus and Elegy. Staff. Fall semester A study o f the poems o f Catullus and o f the elegiac poets. 14. M ediaeval Latin . Miss North. Spring semester W orks chosen from the principal types o f mediaeval Latin literature (in ­ cluding religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances) are studied in this course. 15. Roman Comedy. Staff. Fall semester A study o f selected plays o f Plautus and Terence. 16. V irgil. Mr. Mitchell. Spring semester A n intensive study o f V irgil’s Aeneid. Majors and minors (in Course as well as in H onors) who do not elect to take the seminar in the Latin Epic are required to take this course. 17,18. D irected Reading. Staff. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the con­ sent o f the departmental chairman. 20. Special T opics. Staff. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Ancient History and Civilization 31- H istory of G reece. Mr. Ostwald. . Fall semester The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f the Greek states to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a brief survey o f the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced. Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable reading is done in the primary sources in translation. 32. H istory of Rome . Mr. Mitchell Spring semester The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f Rome to the time o f Constantine, Special attention is given to the last century o f the Republic and the first century o f the Empire. Considerable reading is done in' the primary sources in translation. 33. G reek Literature in T ranslation . Miss North. Fall semester The works read in this course include the Iliad, H esiod’s Theogony and W orks and Days, much o f Greek tragedy and comedy, selections from the historians, the lyric and elegiac poets, and the pre-Socratic philosophers, and several dialogues o f Plato. 34. Latin Literature in T ranslation— Classical North. and M ediaeval. Miss Spring semester The works studied in this course range in time from the age o f the Roman Republic to the twelfth century after Christ. They include, from the classical period, such major authors as Cicero, Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, Ovid, and Seneca; from the Latin Fathers, St. Jerome and St. Augustine; and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief figures o f the Carolingian Renais­ sance, and the writers o f Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is normally given in alternate years. 98 36. C lassical M ythology in Literature and A rt . Miss North. Spring semester The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that have served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the present. The principal works studied are Homer’s Odyssey, Hesiod’s Theogony, selected Greek tragedies, V irgil’s Aeneid, the Metamorphoses o f Ovid, and Dante’s Commedia. A study is made o f the way in which mythological themes have been handled in painting and sculpture at various periods, and topics for papers provide an opportunity for for the study o f the treatment of mythology by writers from the Renaissance to modern times. The course is normally given in alternate years. 42. G reece in the Fifth Century B.C. Mr. Ostwald. Spring semester An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek w orld from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the end o f the Peloponnesian W ar. Special emphasis is placed on the political, social, and economic institutions o f the Athenian democracy and on the problems o f the Delian League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world. The course is normally given in alternate years. Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent. 44. Rome in the A ge of A ugustus. Mr. Mitchell. Spring semester This course treats in detail the political, economic, social, and cultural develop­ ment o f Rome and the Roman w orld from the death o f Julius Caesar to the accession o f Tiberius. Special emphasis is placed on Octavian’s rise to power, the nature o f the principate, the relationship o f the ruling city to her provinces, Rome’s changing social structure, and the problems o f political stability and the transference o f power. Some attention is paid to literary, artistic, and religious movements. Readings are chiefly in primary sources in translation. The course is normally given in alternate years. Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent. H onors Seminars 102. Roman H istorians. Mr. Mitchell. This seminar combines a survey o f Latin historical writing to the end o f the Silver A ge with intensive study o f selected books o f Livy and Tacitus, both as examples o f Roman historiography and as sources for Roman history. The seminar is given in the spring semester. 103. Latin Epic. Mr. Mitchell. This seminar traces the development o f Roman epic poetry, with particular emphasis on the D e Rerum Natura o f Lucretius and the A eneid o f Virgil. Some attention is also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the Annates o f Ennius, and to the later epic, typified by Lucan’s Pharsalia. The seminar is given in the fall semester. 104. Roman Satire . Mr. Mitchell. A study o f the Satires and Epistles o f Horace and o f the Satires o f Juvenal is supplemented by a general survey o f the development o f Roman satire. The seminar is given in the fall semester. 105. Cicero. Mr. Mitchell. A study o f the political and forensic speeches o f Cicero and o f his personal correspondence as sources for the political and constitutional history o f the final years o f the Roman Republic. Attention is also paid to Ciceronian prose style as exemplified in his letters and orations. The seminar is given in the spring semester. 99 111. G reek Philosophers. Mr. Ostwald. This seminar is devoted mainly to the study o f Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the seminar is primarily philosophical, although the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers receive consideration. The seminar is given in the fall semester. 112. G reek Epic. Mr. Rose. The study o f Homer’s Iliad or Odyssey constitutes the chief work o f this seminar. Some attention is also paid to H esiod’s Theogony and to the Argonautica o f Apollonius o f Rhodes. The seminar is given in the spring semester. 113. G reek H istorians. Mr. Ostwald. This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek historiography and as sources o f Greek history. The seminar is given in the fall semester. 114. G reek D r a m a . Miss North. The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a careful reading in the original language o f one play by each o f the major dramatists. The seminar is given in the spring semester. 100 E C O N O M IC S Professors: Ed w a r d K . C r a t s l e y F r a n k C . P i e r s o n , Chairman A s s o c ia t e Professors: V an D . O oms F r e d e r ic L . P r y o r f B e r n a r d Sa f f r a n A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : L e w is R . G a t y V i s it in g L e c t u r e r : M Lectu rers: H elen A n it a arcus M. A l e x is H un ter A . Su m m e r s The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the institutions and processes through which the business o f producing, exchanging, and distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train him in the methods by which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and third, to enable him to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues of public policy. Course 1-2A is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3 and 4. Students intending to major in economics are advised to take Political Science 1-2, statistics, and/or accounting. W h ile not essential, college-level mathematics would also be helpful. Students intending to do graduate work in economics should take Mathematics 3,4 and 11,12 or ( i f they are especially interested or gifted in mathematics) 5,6 and 15,16. Majors in course are required to take courses 50 and 51 in the junior year. Majors in honors are advised to take seminars 103 and either 101 or 102. 1-2A. I n t r o d u c t io n t o E c o n o m ic s . Messrs. Gaty, Ooms, Pierson, Pryor, Saffran, and Mrs. Summers. This course, which is l'A semesters in length, is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build. It describes the organization of the economic system and analyzes the allocation o f resources, the distribution o f income, the maintenance o f economic stability, and international economic relations. On completing the course, students w ill have the option o f joining seminars for one half course credit held during the last seven weeks o f the semester. 3. A c c o u n t in g . Mr. Cratsley. Spring semester The purpose o f this course is to equip the student with the rudiments of accounting that he w ill need to employ in his advanced work in business finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation. 4- St a t is t ic s . Mrs. Hunter. Fall semester The course is designed to make the student a critical user o f statistics. Topics covered include frequency distributions, sampling, correlation, economic time series, and an introduction to econometric analysis. Students acquire some familiarity with the IBM computer. 11. E c o n o m ic D e v e l o p m e n t . Mr. Ooms. Fall semester Requisites for the economic development o f underdeveloped countries. O b­ stacles to development. Strategy and tactics o f development. A id for de­ velopment. t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69, and fall semester, 101 1969-70. 50. Economic T heory . Mr. Gaty. Pall semester Determination o f prices in theory and in practice. Distribution o f income. Economic welfare aspects o f various market structures. 51. M oney and Banking . Mrs. Hunter. Spring semester Organization and operation o f commercial banking in the United States. Central banking; the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy. 52. P ublic Finance . M r. Gaty. Fall semester Social goals and fiscal institutions, Federal, state, and local, including analysis o f public expenditures, taxation, the national debt, fiscal federalism, and current fiscal policy. 54. Business Finance . Mr. Gaty. Fall semester Analysis o f private financial instruments, markets; and institutions, and public regulation o f financial practices. N ot offered in 1968-69. 55. Labor Problems. Mr. Pierson. Fall semester The structure and functions o f labor unions. Employer approaches to labor relations. Analysis o f wage policies. Governmental control o f labor relations. 56. Social Economics. Mr. Alexis. * Spring semester The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty and economic insecurity; an appraisal o f reforms in social insurance, medical care, public housing, and rural development; the economics o f discrimination and urban ghettos. 57. M anagerial Economics. Mr. Gaty. Spring semester Analysis o f business decision-making; economic theory and management control; market structure, pricing, and output; the budgetary, process and business planning; business behavior and social welfare. 58. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Gaty. Spring semester Maintenance o f competition in American industry; moderation o f competition in agriculture, extractive industries, and distributive trades. Regulation of public utilities, transport, and communications. Public ownership and oper­ ation o f industry. N ot offered in 1968-69. 59. Business Cycles. Mr. Pierson. ' Spring semester National income theory. Analysis o f business fluctuations and long-term eco­ nomic change. Public policies for stabilization and growth. 60. International Economics . Mr. Ooms. Spring semester Theory and practice o f international trade. Balance of payments, foreign ex­ change, national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign aid. 61. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Pryor. Fall semester Analysis o f methods by which economic systems can be compared; case studies o f the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia, and several W est European nations. H onors W 101. Finance . Mr. Gaty. ork Fall semester Social goals and fiscal institutions, of public expenditures, taxation, current fiscal policy. Analysis o f institutions, and public regulation Federal, State, and local, including analysis the national debt, fiscal federalism, and private financial instruments, markets, and o f financial practices. 102 102. Economic Stability and G rowth . Mr. Pierson. Spring semester The theory o f cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking. Monetary and fiscal policy. W age-price pressures and the control of inflation. 103. Economic T heory . Mr. Saffran. Each semester Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution of income, the level o f employment. Evaluation o f theory in the light of simpli­ fying assumptions and empirical evidence. The relevance o f theory to socio­ economic problems. 7 104. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Gaty. Fall semester The maintenance o f competition in American industry. The moderation of competition in agriculture, the extractive industries, and the distributive trades. The regulation o f public utilities, transport, and communications. Public ownership and operation o f industry. N ot offered in 1968-69. 105. International Economics. Mr. Ooms. Each semester Theory and practice in international economic relations. The pure theory of international trade. The balance o f payments and the mechanism o f international exchange. Restrictionism and discrimination. Regionalism. Relations with controlled economies. International investment and foreign aid. 106. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Pryor. Spring semester Analysis o f methods by which economic systems can be compared; study of resource allocation and growth in socialist, capitalist, and mixed economies, case studies o f the U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia, China, France, and other nations; examination o f special problems in economic planning. N ot offered in 1968-69. 107. Labor and Social Economics . Messrs. Pierson and Pryor. Fall semester The organization o f labor. Analysis o f wage policies. Government control o f labor relations. Problems stemming from income inequality and in­ security. Methods o f income maintenance. Economic aspects o f education, medical care, public housing. Special topics in urban economics. 108. M athematical Economics. Mr. Saffran. Spring semester Topics in mathematical economics. Econometric theory and empirical studies. A n empirical research paper is required. Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 and Economics 103. 103 E N G IN E E R IN G Professors: A s s o c ia t e Sa m u e l T . C a r p e n t e r , Chairman Jo h n D . M cCr u m m Bernard M o r r il l P rofessors: Carl Barus D a v id L. B o w l e r Raym ond D oby M . Jo s e p h W A s s is t a n t Professors: il l is G . St u a r t P a t t e r s o n , Jr . V i c t o r K . Sc h ü t z L e c tu r e r : C h arles R. La n sberry The Department o f Engineering oifers engineering programs * directed toward four principal educational aims: to introduce the student to a body o f knowledge fundamental to all o f modern engineering; to provide him with a comprehensive base o f mathematics, chemistry and physics; to allow him maximum flexibility in electing plans o f study to suit individual objectives; to provide him the opportunity to study in the humanities and social sciences. The professional practice o f engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in applying scientific knowledge and methods to the solution of engineering problems o f ever growing technical complexity. In addition, the role o f engineering in our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic and social factors that bear on his technical problems. The successful engineer will therefore possess an understanding o f socio-economic forces, an appreciation o f the cultural and humanistic aspects o f the society in which he lives, and a sound working knowledge o f human relations. Our total program furthers these objectives by providing the student with a broad technical knowledge, together with the foundation o f a liberal education. Courses in the Department o f Engineering are open to all students who have the interest and the prerequisite background. Special inquiries may be made through the Chairman o f the Department. Educational plans available to engineering students at Swarthmore are as follows: ( 1 ) Four year course programs with the major in Engineering, with elected concentrations o f study in the professional branches o f engineering such as Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering, and in related engineering areas. (See suggested Elective Plans.) (2 ) Four year course programs with the major in Engineering, with elected combinations o f study in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Mathematics, Politi­ cal Science, etc. ( 3 ) Reading for Honors in Engineering, ( 4 ) Special combinations to meet unusual needs or interests: (a ) A four year program relating Engineering with other College areas of study, or (b ) A five year program leading to both a B.S. degree with a major in Engineering, and a B.A. degree. * The new programs and courses presented in this catalogue are effective with the freshman class entering college in September 1966. Previously enrolled students follow programs and courses as outlined on page 106 and in the 1964-65 College Catalogue, a copy of which is available upon request. 104 A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of the College as well as the requirements o f the Department o f Engineering. Cur­ ricular plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration: ( 1 ) courses should provide an adequate background for work in Engineering at the upperclass level, and ( 2 ) the satisfying o f the general College requirements. During the second semester o f the sophomore year the student, follow ing College procedure, w ill apply for a major in Engineering. A ll four-year programs lead to the degree o f Bachelqr o f Science with the major in Engineering. Course Program Students interested in applying for a major in Engineering may follow several paths in preparation. The prerequisites leading to an Engineering major normally are Engineering 5 and 6, and these courses are recommended for inclusion in sophomore programs. The prerequisites to Engineering 5 and 6 may be met by satisfactorily completing Engineering 2 and 3 and/or Physics 1 and 2. First year students w ho plan to study engineering are encouraged to enroll in Engineering 1 and Engineering 2. Engineering majors are normally expected to take appropriate courses in chemistry and those plannning a program in bio-engineering w ill find biology important. Students normally follow a mathematics sequence during the first two years. The departmental requirements for the degree o f Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering fall into two categories: ( 1 ) satisfactory completion of those courses common to all Engineering students; namely, Fields and Continua, Thermodynamics, Materials Science, and Physical Chemistry; ( 2 ) satisfactory completion o f a minimum o f four advanced Engineering courses beyond those listed in category ( 1 ) during the junior and senior years with no more than seven such courses normally permitted in any program. A ll programs leading to a Bachelor o f Science degree with the major in Engineering must be submitted for approval to the Department o f Engineering. Course Advising Students are advised to make their educational goals known to their advisers at the earliest possible time. In this way the student can best benefit from the flexibility provided for course election and provide for a curricular program specifically oriented to his future educational goals. The plan for upperclass study in Engineering should be formulated during the second semester o f the sophomore year when the student applies for a major in Engineering. Reading for Honors in Engineering Students w ho wish to become candidates for a Bachelor o f Science degree in Engineering with Honors should follow the application procedure given on pages 65-67. A student’s program should include seminars and/or other work in Engineering and, normally, science and mathematics. A student w ho wishes to concentrate in civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering may prepare for up to four examina­ tion papers in his chosen area. The other two papers w ill usually be chosen from mathematics, science, or (since the Engineering Department comprises the merged civil, electrical and mechanical departments) a branch o f engineering other than the field o f concentration. Elective Plans in the Course Program The follow ing suggested plans o f study for the last two years are listed to indi­ cate the flexibility o f choice open to the student. Other plans may also be arranged 105 beyond those suggested. At least four elected and approved advanced courses in Engineering must be included in the program o f the junior and senior years. Electives in the humanities, social sciences and life sciences can also contribute, in many cases, to the central educational aims. A course in Special Topics or a Thesis are available for meeting special interests or needs. Suggested Elective Plans Bio -Engineering A minimum o f four Engi­ neering courses with additional elections in Engineering, Biol­ ogy, and Chemistry. Civil Engineering and The application o f engineering principles to biological and medical problems. Students with this interest w ill normally elect two semesters o f biology and two semesters o f organic chem­ istry, and an appropriate sequence of engineer­ ing courses. Suggested sequences o f study in this interdisciplinary field are available upon request or can be developed with the assistance o f your Engineering 'adviser. Related A reas General Civil Engineering Structures Urban and Regional Plan­ ning W ater Resources Electrical Engineering and General Electrical Engineer­ ing Electric Power and Energy Conversion Electronics and Information Processing Systems and Control Engineering Physics The suggested course program is Mechanics o f Solids, Structural Mechanics I, Earth Science, Civil Engineering Design, with a fifth course chosen from Fluid Mechanics, Structural Me­ chanics II, or Soil Engineering. The sequence provides the prerequisites for an additional elective sequence in Structures, W ater Re­ sources and Planning, Pre-Architecture, or General Civil Engineering. Plans may be made for work in Bio-Engineering with an emphasis on Environmental Control and Water Resources. The early planning o f electives in Biology, Economics, Political Science, Sociology, or Fine Arts, is essential for programs related to Urban and Regional Planning or Water Resources. R elated A reas Students w ho plan to do work in electrical engineering w ill normally include the follow ­ ing courses in their programs as a minimum background in the field beyond the required engineering core: Circuit Theory, Electromag­ netic Theory, Electronics I, Electromechanical Energy Conversion I. In addition, a student may pursue his elec­ trical interests, with emphasis in one o f the areas shown at the left, by the appropriate choice o f further electives. Energy Conversion Direct Energy Conversion Electromechanical Energy Conversion Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer Energy conversion is one of the outstanding problems o f the present and future. Conven­ tional sources and means o f conversion will continue to be important. N ew and as yet un­ developed systems w ill become increasingly significant. A concentration of electrical and mechanical courses built on fundamental courses in thermodynamics can be developed for students with a special interest in energy con­ version. 106 Engineering Sciences A number o f feasible pro­ grams may be elected from Engineering, M a t h e m a t ic s , Chemistry, Physics, with the engineering courses dealing primarily with the theoretical bodies o f knowledge. A program in Engineering Sciences provides for diversity and depth in engineering, com­ bined with mathematics, chemistry, or physics. It is suitable for those planning to enter college teaching or engineering research after graduate study. Engineering Combined W ith Study in O ther College A reas A n engineering student is required to include at least four approved engineering courses be­ yond the required engineering core. Fourteen electives, including the six to satisfy the Col­ lege distribution requirements, are available for planning a sequence o f study leading to con­ centrations or diversity in other College areas. The areas listed on the left are not exclusive but they do represent areas in which engineer­ ing students may find a strong interest and a relationship to future engineering work. Biology Chemistry Economics Mathematics Political Science Psychology Physics Mechanical Engineering and General Mechanical Engi­ neering Applied Mechanics Thermodynamics and Energy Conversion Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer Engineering Design Related A reas Sequences in general mechanical engineering w ill normally include, in addition to the re­ quired engineering core, courses in advanced dynamics, solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer, and automatic controls. Courses in thermodynamics, applied mechanics, fluids, heat transfer, and engineering design can be used to develop such specialized sequences as those shown at the left. Plans may be made for work in bio-engineering with an emphasis on the structure and function o f biological systems. C ourses 1. Introduction to Engineering Fall semester A n introduction to engineering analysis evolving solution to engineering problems through the use of simple mathematical models. The body of mathematics necessary for structuring these models is fully developed within the course. Only a background o f high school mathematics is necessary. Pro­ gramming concepts for the digital computer are introduced so that the com­ puter can be used for solution o f some o f the problems represented by the models. The laboratory work consists o f some graphical concepts, shop practice, and design projects. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. 2. M echanics I. Spring semester Concept and definition o f forces, vector methods o f analysis. Equilibrium principles. Analysis o f forces in machines and structures. Virtual work. Shear and bending in beams, elementary concepts of deformable bodies. Centroids and inertia o f plane areas. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. 3. M echanics II. Fall semester Vector treatment o f dynamics; kinematics o f particles in fixed and moving reference systems; New ton’ s laws applied to particle motion; central force motion; rigid body kinematics, relative motion, and kinetics; energy methods; 107 impulse and momentum methods; kinematics and kinetics o f rigid bodies in three dimensions. Three class periods and a laboratory every other week. Prerequisite: Mechanics I, or equivalent. 5. Electrical Science. Fall semester The experimental and theoretical basis o f electricity and magnetism; elementary electrostatics and magnetostatics; principles o f energy conversion, foundations o f circuit theory; basic electrical measurements. Three class periods and a laboratory every other week. Prerequisite: T o be preceded or accompanied by Integral Calculus. 6. Physical Systems A nalysis. Spring semester The study o f physical phenomena and systems which may be represented to a good degree o f approximation by a linear model or a lumped-parameter pictorial model. The formulation o f the mathematical model from basic phys­ ical laws and the treatment o f the ordinary differential equations resulting therefrom. Emphasis w ill be placed upon the unity resulting from the math­ ematical representation for many types o f physical systems: mechanical, electrical, electromechanical, thermal, etc. Techniques o f analysis w ill include classical solution o f differential equations including power series solutions, and also solution by Laplace transform methods. Transient and steady state response, frequency response, pole-zero concepts, notions o f stability, and energy considerations. The analog computer w ill be introduced. Three class periods and a laboratory every other week. Prerequisite: Engr. 5, or equivalent. 7, 8. Principles and Problems of M odern T echnology . This course is designed to meet the needs o f non-science majors and fulfills the group I distribution requirement. (See p. 6 3 .) In the .first semester, the logic and programming o f the digital computer w ill be introduced, elementary decision theory w ill be developed, and the engineering concepts o f optimization, feedback, and information discussed. New ton’s laws of motion and the laws o f thermodynamics w ill be introduced to illustrate the use o f science in technology. In the second semester, a series o f three to five special topics illustrative o f modern technological problems and activity w ill be developed. Topics w ill be chosen for their timeliness, interest and importance to both society and technology. Three class periods and a laboratory every other week. 51. Introduction to Fields and Continua . Fall semester Analysis of field phenomena in a variety o f continuous media. Fluidflow, elastic, thermal, electromagnetic, and other fields are treated with emphasis on their common properties. The partial differential equations governing time-invariant fields, diffusion, wave motion, etc., are developed from basic principles. Application is made to realistic engineering situations. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 6, or equivalent. 53. T hermodynamics . Fall semester Macroscopic concepts o f thermodynamics: temperature, the First Law, thermo­ dynamic properties, reversibility. Statistical inference o f thermodynamics: probability, entropy and equilibrium, the partition function. Ideal gases. The Second Law of Thermodynamics. Cycles. M axwell’s Relations. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. 55. Systems T heory . Mathematical analysis o f an assemblage o f interacting elements comprising a generalized system. Fourier methods and the Laplace transform. Linear 108 graphing and operators. Root locus theory. State variables, the system state transition matrix and canonical forms. Sampled systems and the Z transform. Response to random inputs. Correlation functions and spectral distribution. Applications to filter theory. Some aspects o f socio-economic and urban systems. The role o f the digital computer; further work on the analog computer. Three class periods each week; conference or laboratory every other week. Prerequisite; Engr. 6, or equivalent. 56. O perations R esearch. Spring semester The principles o f operations research as applicable to defining optimum solu­ tions o f engineering and financial problems as an aid to managerial decision making. Probability and probability distributions, reliability, random number stimulation, queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic programming, alloca­ tion and transportation theory. The working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. Three class periods each week. Normally for junior and senior students. 59. M echanics of Solids. Fall semester This course deals with the internal stresses and changes o f form when forces act on solid bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength theories, stability, deflections, and photoelasticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisites; Mechanics I and II, or equivalent. 61. M aterials Science. Fall semester This course brings together much o f the background material acquired in other courses and focuses on the problem o f understanding at a technological as well as theoretical level the engineering properties o f materials in terms o f atomic and sub-atomic phenomena. Am ong the topics considered w ill be crystal structure, electrical, thermal and magnetic properties o f solids, im­ perfections and their effect on mechanical and electrical properties, corrosion and environmental effects. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry. 62. Structral M echanics I. Spring semester Principles o f structural systems and advanced mechanics o f deformable bodies pertaining to deflection and stability. Structural Mechanics o f space and plane framed structures including stress analysis, influence lines, and matrix solutions. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 59. 63. Structural M echanics II. Fall semester A study o f statically indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural theory. Response o f structures to complex dynamic inputs such as earth­ quakes and moving loads. Digital computer applications. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Structural Mechanics I. 64. Earth Science. Spring semester Using the basic concepts o f physical geology as a unifying framework, the principles o f soil mechanics and hydrology are studied. Subjects introduced include clay mineralogy, theory o f consolidation o f soils, stresses in earth masses, flow through porous media, precipitation-runoff relationships, open channel flow, ground water hydraulics, and sedimentation. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. 109 65. Civil Engineering D esign. Fall semester A n introduction to the design o f engineering structures with emphasis on structural components and structural materials; design projects involving planning, field surveys, analysis and synthesis, structural models, and optimi­ zation criteria. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. 66. Structural D esign. Spring semester A n advanced course in the design o f structures dealing with stability, flat plates, shells, pre-stressed concrete, high strength steels, ultimate design, dynamic force systems, comprehensive design problems, advanced structural model studies. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisites: Engr. 59, 62, 63, 65. 67. W ater Resources. A n introduction to the fundamentals o f water-resources engineering, includ­ ing pertinent areas o f hydrology and hydraulics, precipitation-runoff relation­ ships, groundwater flow, sedimentation, and hydraulics o f steady and gradu­ ally varied flow through channels and reservoirs are studied. Fundamentals are related to engineering aspects o f planning for water-resources projects, follow ed by some case studies o f existing projects which draw on the back­ ground o f the student in engineering science, design, the humanities, and the social sciences. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. 69. Soil Engineering. Advanced principles o f soil mechanics with application to problems in design. Theoretical aspects o f seepage, settlement and foundation stability analysis. The design o f retaining walls, foundations, and earth structures are among the specific topics. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 64. 71. Circuit T heory . Fall semester Transient and steady-state analysis o f electric circuits and networks with emphasis on Laplace and Fourier methods and s-plane interpretation. Net­ work topology, equilibrium equations, theorems, network functions and their properties. Energy in electric networks. Introduction to synthesis. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisites: Engr. 6, or Physics 12. 72. Electromagnetic T heory . Spring semester Application o f M axwell’s equations. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic, dielectric and conducting bodies. Forces, motion and energy storage. Field basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave-guides, transmission lines, and antennas. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 51, or equivalent. 73,74. Electronic Circuit T heory . Following an introduction to vacuum tubes, the principal emphasis o f the course is on the use o f transistors as active circuit elements. The physical basis o f transistor operation is briefly discussed and the Ebers-Moll, charge control and hybrid-pi models developed. The remainder o f the course is devoted to a study o f the use o f these models and appropriate analytical tech­ niques in such applications as biasing circuits, low-pass amplifiers, tuned 110 amplifiers, power amplifiers, feedback circuits and switching circuits. The bulk o f the laboratory work is oriented toward circuit design. Students are en­ couraged to become familiar with and use the IBM Electronic Circuit Analysis Program which is available in the Computer Center. The first semester provides a working knowledge o f some basic aspects o f the subject for those w ho are unable to pursue it further. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 6, or equivalent. 75. Electromechanical Energy Conversion. The conversion o f energy by means o f electromagnetic fields. Electromechanics o f lumped parameter systems, force-field relationships, energy storage and transfer in electrodynamic systems. Transducers and rotating machines in engineering practice. Practical engineering aspects o f general purpose machines and special electromechanical devices. . Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisites: Engr. 5 and Engr. 6, or equivalent. 76. D irect Power Conversion. Topics are chosen from photoelectric, thermionic, and thermoelectric con­ version; fuel cells; magnetohydrodynamics and nuclear reactor theory. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 6 and Engr. 53, or equivalent. 77. T opics in Information T ransmission. Selected topics relating to the transmission and processing o f information and information-bearing signals. Application to communication and informa­ tion-processing systems. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 51, or equivalent. 78. Control T heory . An introduction to classical and modern control theory. Concepts o f state, controllability and observability. Analysis and design of. linear automatic control systems by means o f Nyqiiist diagram, frequency response and root locus method. Design by matrix methods and state variables. Stability criteria. Computers and logic systems in control. Analog to digital conversion. Intro­ duction to optimum control. Special topics; sampled data systems, nonlinear processes, etc., according to class interest. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 6 (and preferably Engr. 5 4 ). 80. Physical Electronics. A study o f the physical principles underlying the operation o f electronic devices. Attention is focused on the relationship between material properties and the characterization o f devices as circuit elements. Semiconductor devices are extensively treated. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Physics 51. 82. Fluid M echanics. Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case o f continuum mechanics for which the relevant equations expressing the conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy are derived. Examples and applications are given for the perfect fluid and the linearly viscous fluid. Current research and problem areas in fluid mechanics and heat transport are discussed. Four class periods each week. Prerequisite: Ordinary differential equations and multivariate calculus. Ill 84. A dvanced Fluid M echanics. A study o f the more specialized areas o f fluid mechanics: boundary layer theory, compressible flow, wave motions, material-spatial coordinate trans­ formations, and convective heat transfer. Independent work in either an experimental or analytical area is an important part o f each student’ s work. Four class periods each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 81. 86. A dvanced T hermodynamics. A n extension o f the basic core thermodynamics, Engr. 53. The fundamental laws o f thermodynamics are applied to conventional systems o f energy con­ version. Principles o f irreversible thermodynamics are developed and applied to systems o f direct energy conversion. Four class periods each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 53. 87. Conduction and Radiation H eat T ransfer. A course dealing with the basic introduction to physical phenomena involved in the conduction and radiation heat transfer processes. W ork is done in both steady state and transient conditions. Analytical, empirical and numerical approaches are covered. Four class periods each week. Prerequisite: Ordinary differential equations. 88. A dvanced D ynamics . Review o f kinematics and particle dynamics using vectors. Vibrations and stability o f lumped parameter system. Rigid body dynamics, including gyroscopes, in vector form. Lagrange’s equations and Hamilton’ s Principle. Vibration o f distributed systems. Four class periods each week. Prerequisite: Engr. 51. 89. M achine D esign. The study o f the analysis and synthesis of the elements o f machines. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisites: Engr. 85, 59. 90. Engineering D esign. A generalized approach to the design o f engineering systems and components is developed stressing inventiveness, engineering analysis and decision making. The design process is studied through case histories and student projects which utilize a number o f areas o f engineering science. Optimization theory, the use o f probability and statistics in design, decision theory, and reliability theory are discussed. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Senior Engineering standing. 91. Special T opics. Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and offered only when staff interests and avail­ ability make it practicable to do so. Past offerings have been: digital com­ puters, numerical methods, physical problems. 92. T hesis. W ith approval, a student may undertake a thesis project as a part of his program in the senior year. The student is expected to submit a prospectus o f his thesis problem before the start o f the semester in which the thesis project is carried out. 112 H onors Seminars Seminars beyond those listed may be arranged on sufficient demand. Suggested seminar areas are: Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, Linear Systems and Electro­ magnetic Theory. 102. Engineering Systems. This seminar concerns itself with the representation o f engineering systems as mathematical models. These models fall into the two fundamental classes of lumped parameters and distributed systems. Emphasis will be placed on the physical meaning o f the applied mathematics. 109. T hesis. Elective, upon approval o f an acceptable field o f original investigation. ill. Circuit T heory . Theory o f linear time invariant electric circuits with brief extensions to non­ linear networks and methods o f synthesis. Network topology and equilibrium equations. Pole-zero concepts, transient and steady state response, impedance, resonance and the complex s-plane. Superposition techniques, signal flow graphs, one- and two-port networks, filter theory and power networks. Analytic properties o f network functions. 113. Electronics. A study o f electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical theory o f electronic devices; design o f electronic circuits applicable to com­ munications, instrumentation, information processing systems, etc.; transient and steady-state analysis o f electronic circuits and systems; introductory topics in the theory o f communication and information. The seminar is ac­ companied by a full-day laboratory. Engineering Curricula For Students W ho H ave Entered in September 1965 or B efore Three educational plans are offered: (1 ) The Course program with a major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. ( 2 ) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences. (3 ) A special sequence to meet unusual needs or interests o f certain students: (a ) a five-year program leading to both a B.S. and a B.A. degree, or (b ) a four-year program integrating engineering with other areas o f study. A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of the College as specified for the D ivision o f Engineering (pp. 6 3 -6 5 ), and the requirements o f the particular discipline or program in which he is a major. Thus curricular plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration: (1 ) the basic engineering science courses must provide a foundation and meet the prerequisite requirements for advanced work at the upper-class level, and (2 ) the general College requirements should be essentially fulfilled prior to junior standing. Experience has shown that the suggested "Basic Engineering Curriculum o f the First T w o Years” (page 112) w ill meet the needs o f the usual engineering student in any one o f the three plans and w ill clear the way for the advanced work o f the junior and senior years. Modifications o f the basic program, as well as those o f the major disciplines, are possible in individual cases but such changes must be justified and approved by the student’s course adviser. At the end o f the sophomore year, the student w ill enter the Course program in a major field of Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering, or he may apply for Honors. 113 ( 1 ) The Course Program This program leads to the degree o f Bachelor o f Science in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering; these curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council for Professional Development. Over the four years, the student w ill take about one-quarter o f his work in the Divisions o f the Humanities and Social Sciences, one-quarter in the Departments o f Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the remainder in the Department o f Engineering. A ll students devote their last two years: ( 1 ) to certain basic courses required o f all engineers; ( 2 ) to fulfilling the major requirements o f one o f the disciplines o f Engineering; ( 3 ) to developing their special interests. After completing the basic program o f the first two years, the student follow s the curriculum outlined on the follow ing pages under the particular area in which he is a major. For descriptions o f courses in Engineering, see the 1964-65 College Catalogue (pp. 9 1 -1 0 0 ). ( 2 ) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences The D ivision on Engineering offers an Honors program' accredited in Engineering Sciences in addition to the above programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. A general statement describing Honors work at Swarthmore may be found on page 65. The program is open, by application, to qualified students upon completion o f the sophomore year. Successful participants w ill receive the degree o f Bachelor o f Science with Honors, H igh Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineer­ ing Sciences. The program has been established to meet the new and challenging demands placed upon the engineering profession by the rapid advances in science. The eight seminars in which the student participates cover a wide range o f fundamental knowledge in the fields o f mathematics, modern physics, and engineering sciences. The program is characterized by its orientation to basic scientific and mathematical principles in lieu o f specialized subject matter. The program is unique and suited fo r those planning a future career in professional engineering, research and develop­ ment, or college teaching. T w o seminars are normally taken each semester o f the junior and senior year, for a total o f eight. The final evaluation o f the students in the program occurs at the end o f the senior year by means o f eight examinations, one for each seminar, given by outside examiners. Students applying for the Honors program are required to submit their proposed seminar programs to the Division o f Engineering, accompanied by a letter setting forth their defense o f the program. The proposed program must include seminars in Mathematics, Physics, and Engineering Sciences. The Mathematics and Physics seminars are described in the departmental listings and the Engineering Science seminars are described in the 1964-65 College Catalogue (p. 92 ) . It is advisable fo r students interested in this program to consult with the Chairman o f the Department o f Engineering. ( 3 ) Special Programs There is grow ing recognition o f the value o f an engineering training fortified by a strong background o f work in the humanities and social sciences or in the natural sciences. It is possible, with early planning o f a five-year program, for a student to obtain both an engineering degree and a Bachelor o f Arts degree in another field o f interest. It is also possible to effect a four-year engineering plan with a minor in another field. These special curricula are tailored to individual cases; in any event, planning early in the freshman year is essential. Requests for additional information should be directed to the Chairman o f the Engineering Department. 114 Basic Engineering Curriculum of the First T w o Y ears Spring Semester Fall Semester Freshman Year Mathematics 4 (or 6 ) Physics Chemistry Mechanics I Elective Mathematics 3 (o r 5) Physics Chemistry * Introduction to Engineering Elective Spring Semester Fall Semester Sophomore Year Mathematics 12 (o r 16) Engineering Measurements Electrical Engineering Science Elective Elective Mathematics 11 (o r 15) Mechanics II Materials Science Elective Elective Civil Engineering Standard Program for Course Students Spring Semester Fall Semester Junior Year CE51 EE63 ME51 EE55 CE52 CE54 ME54 ELIO Mechanics III Electronic Circuits General Thermodynamics Engineering Analysis Structural Theory Soil Mechanics and Foundations Fluid Mechanics W riting and Speaking Senior Year CE58 Special Topics CE56 Civil Engineering Design II GE57 Operations Research and Engineer­ ing Economy Elective CE53 Structural Mechanics CE55 Civil Engineering Design I CE57 W ater Resources Elective Electrical Engineering Standard Program for Course Students Spring Semester Fall Semester Junior Year EE53 EE55 EE59 ME51 EE54 EE56 EE60 ELIO Circuit Theory I Engineering Analysis Electronics General Thermodynamics Circuit Theory II Field Theory Electronics W riting and Speaking Senior Year EE57 Electrical Machinery I EE61 W aves and Transmission Lines Ph51 Modern Physics Elective EE58 Electrical Machinery II Electrical Engineering Elective Technical Elective Non-technical Elective * Chemistry may be deferred until the sophomore year. 115 Mechanical Engineering Standard Program for Course Students Fall Semester Spring Semester Junior Year CE51 Mechanics III ME51 General Thermodynamics EE55 Engineering Analysis Non-technical Elective ME52 Advanced Thermodynamics ME54 Fluid Mechanics ME62 Advanced Strength o f Materials Non-technical Elective Fall Semester Spring Semester Senior Year ME 53 ME55 ME63 EE63 Heat and Mass Transfer Advanced Fluid Mechanics Engineering Design I Electronic Circuits ME64 Engineering Design II ME66 Mechanical Engineering Problems EE64 Automatic Control Non-technical Elective 116 E N G L IS H L IT E R A T U R E P r o f e s s o r s : G e o r g e J. B e c k e r , Chairman D A s s o c ia t e a v id Cow den P rofessors: A lan Fr ie d m a n H a r o l d E. P a g l ia r o f A s s is t a n t Professors: T h o m a s A T homas r t in H . B lackburn S u s a n B . Sn y d e r I n s t r u c t o r s : Jo h n S. S h a c k f o r d T h o m a s L. S h e r m a n D ir e c t o r of D ir e c t o r of D r a m a t i c s : R . D . Si m o n s Poetry W orkshop: Je a n V a l e n t in e This department offers courses and seminars in English literature, American liter­ ature, and some foreign literatures in translation. The departmental curriculum is planned to provide experience o f several critical approaches: the intensive study o f the works o f major writers, study o f the literature o f limited periods, and thorough study o f the development o f literary types. The department also provides instruction in the techniques o f writing. R e q u ir e m e n t s and R e c o m m e n d a t io n s for M ajo r s a n d M in o r s Prerequisites. English 1 or its equivalent by Advanced Placement is the pre­ requisite for all other courses in literature. (This prerequisite does not apply to seniors.) The minimum requirement for admission as a major in English is English 1 plus one other semester-course in the department. However, students considering a major in English are strongly urged to take one or two additional courses during the sophomore year. The study o f history, particularly o f the history o f England, is also recommended. Advanced study in a classical or modern foreign language is also desirable, and is virtually a requirement for admission to graduate school. Major in Course: The work o f a major in Course consists o f from 8 to 12 semester-courses in the department, including Shakespeare, Chaucer or Milton, and Problems o f Literary Study. Major in H onors: Majors in Honors must take four seminars in the department, one o f which must be Chaucer, Shakespeare, or Milton. Majors are advised to take two seminars in Group I. M inor in H onors: Minors in Honors are ordinarily required to take two seminars in the department. C ourses 1. T he English Poetic T radition. Staff. Each semester Close study o f selected works o f Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Pope, and Blake. 5, 6. English for Foreign Students. Each semester Individual and group work on an advanced level for students with non-English backgrounds. t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69, and fall semester, 1969-70. 117 10. A dvanced Composition ; Staff. Spring semester Analysis, organization, and effective presentation o f complex subject matter. The course w ill be conducted for the most part on a tutorial basis. 21. Poetics. Mr. Artin. Vail semester Consideration o f the essential aspects o f poetry. Readings w ill include poetry in English from all periods, as well as some o f the major documents o f poetics. 22.. Satire . Mr. Pagliaro and Mr. Blackburn. Spring semester Examination o f satire as a literary genre. 23. M ain Currents of N ineteenth -Century Literature. Mr. Becker. Vail semester The major movements o f romanticism, realism-naturalism, and symbolism in European literature. 24. M ain Currents of T wentieth -Century Literature. Mr. Friedman. Spring semester Emphasis on the European novel. The creation o f new forms o f literary experience by such figures as Proust, Gide, Camus, Kafka, Mann, Joyce, and Lawrence. 25. Shakespeare (fo r non-m ajors). Study o f representative plays. Staff. ! Each semester N o t open to majors in the department. 28. M odern British Literature. Staff. Spring semester Forms and ideas in British writing in the twentieth century. N ot offered in 1968-69. 31. Chaucer . M r. Artin. Vail semester Reading in M iddle English o f most o f Chaucer’s poems, with special emphasis on T he Canterbury Tales. The course attempts to place the poetry in the context o f medieval culture. 32. M edieval Literature. M r. Artin. Spring semester Study o f the literature o f England from Beow ulf to Malory. From time to time the course w ill focus on more specialized topics, such as the Germanic epic or the emergence o f romance from Celtic narrative and mythology. 33. Renaissance Poetry. Miss Snyder. Spring semester The development o f forms and ideas in English non-dramatic poetry from the beginning o f the sixteenth century to the death o f Milton. 34. Renaissance Comparative Literature. Miss Snyder. Vail semester Selected major writers o f the Continental Renaissance w ill be studied in translation. 35. T udor-Stuart D rama . Mr. Friedman. Fall semester Development o f the English drama in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. N o t offered in 1968-69. 36. M ilton . M r. Blackburn. Spring semester Study o f the main body o f M ilton’ s poetry with particular emphasis on Paradise Lost. 37. Eighteenth -Century Literature. Mr. Pagliaro. Fall semester Study o f representative works with emphasis on the genres and on the critical values o f the age. N ot offered in 1968-69. 118 38. Romantic Poetry. M r. Pagliaro. Spring semester The major English romantic poets, with attention given to the ideas as w ell as to form and structure. N ot offered in 1968-69. 39. T he English N ovel. Mr. Cowden. Fall semester Study o f the beginnings o f the novel concentrating on eighteenth-century, romantic, and Victorian novels. 4 l. A merican Literature to 1865. M r. Shackford. Fall semester Study o f the original ideals and forms o f American literature as seen in the major writers from the Revolution to the Civil W ar. 43. V ictorian Literature. Mr. Cowden. Spring semester Study o f representative figures o f the period. 44. A merican Literature since 1865. Mr. Shackford. Spring semester Developments in the forms and character o f American literature as seen in representative novels and poets from Mark Twain to Faulkner. 45. M odern Poetry (B ritish ). Mr. Sherman. Fall semester M ajor British poets o f the last hundred years. Readings include critical and autobiographical writings as well as poetry. 46. M odern Poetry (A merican ) . Mr. Shackford. Spring semester Examination o f the work o f selected American poets. 48. M odern D rama . Staff. Spring semester Examination o f the range o f dramatic literature since Ibsen. 50. T he M odern N ovel. Mr. Cowden. Spring semester Study o f the development o f the modern novel beginning with James and continuing to the present. 51-52. Colloquium . Staff. 53. Special T opics. Staff. From time to time intensive courses w ill be offered in fields not covered by the regular program. 61-62. Shakespeare. Staff. Fall semester Study o f the complete works o f Shakespeare, tracing the development o f his craftsmanship and ideas. Required o f majors in the department, w ho meet weekly in small groups during the first semester o f the senior year. Students should read through the plays before beginning the course. 63-64. Problems of Literary Study . Staff. Spring semster Group meetings o f departmental majors in the second semester o f the senior year. About half the semester is devoted to writing a research paper o f magnitude. 65-66. T hesis. Spring semester Majors may elect to substitute a thesis for Problems o f Literary Study. Application must be made by May 15 o f the junior year. 70. Fiction W riters’ W orkshop. Mr. Friedman. Fall semester Projects in imaginative writing. Meetings w ill be devoted primarily to the analysis o f stories submitted by students; secondarily to the discussion of readings in the theory o f fiction, the craft o f fiction, and the work o f con­ temporary authors. 119 71. P o e t r y W orksh op. Miss Valentine. Each semester A seminar in which students w ill write, read, and talk about poetry. Limited to twelve. Students should submit three poems or the equivalent for ad­ mission to the course. The class w ill meet once a week together, and in individual conferences. 72. T h e a t e r W orksh op. Mr. Simons. Each semester A course open to all students interested in acting, directing, and play pro­ duction. Lectures, demonstrations and laboratory. Each semester a different element is stressed. Fall w ill stress production and spring acting and directing. H onors Seminars Group I 101. Sh a k e s p e a r e . Staff. Each semester Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major plays, with a more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the canon. Students are advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar. 103. Chaucer . Mr. Artin. Eall semester Reading o f Chaucer’s poems in the original M iddle English, with particular attention to Troilus and Criseyde and T he Canterbury Tales. 104. M il t o n . Mr. Blackburn. Spring semester Study o f Milton's works with special emphasis on Paradise Lost. 105. T u d o r -S t u a r t D r a m a . Mr. Friedman. Fall semester The development o f English drama from the medieval morality plays to Restoration tragedy and comedy. N ot offered in 1968-69. 108. R e n a is s a n c e P o e t r y . Miss Snyder. Spring semester Modes and preoccupations o f English poetry from Wyatt and Surrey through Marvell. 109. E ig h t e e n t h -C e n t u r y L it e r a t u r e . Mr. Pagliaro. Fall semester An examination o f the literary forms and critical values o f the age, with special attention given to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson, and to a few representative playwrights. 110. T h e R o m a n t i c P o e t s . M r. Pagliaro. Fall semester A n examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Group II 113. T h e N o v e l . Mr. Cowden. Each semester Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and W o o lf. 114. M o d e r n D r a m a . Spring semester Study o f realism, expressionism, and the absurd in the works o f Ibsen, Strindberg, Shaw, O ’N eill, and Beckett. N o t offered in 1968-69. 115. M odern Comparative Literature. Mr. Becker and Mr. Friedman. Each semester Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers some o f the major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature. The chief figures studied are Flaubert and Zola, ■Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, Kafka and Mann, Joyce and Faulkner. 120 116. A merican Literature. M r. Shackford. Fall semester Study o f the themes, forms, and character o f American literature as seen in four or five representative writers from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 118. M odern Poetry. Staff. Spring semester Study o f the modern tradition in English and American poetry from Yeats to the present. The seminar w ill concentrate on the work o f a few major poets. 119. Special T opics in Literature. Staff. Occasional seminars w ill be given in special fields not part o f the regular program. 120. T hesis. A major in Honors may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar. H e must select his topic and submit his plan o f work for departmental ap­ proval by the end o f the junior year. Then during one semester o f the senior year he writes his thesis under the direction o f a member o f the department. 121 HISTORY P r o f e s s o r s : P a u l H. B e ik \ Ja m e s A . F i e l d , J r . La u r e n c e D. L afo re F r e d e r ic k B . T o l l e s H a r r is o n M . W r ig h t , Chairm an A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t C . B a n n i s t e r G eorge E. M c C u l l y % B e r n a r d S. S m i t h Jo h n G. W T s in g Y il l ia m s o n uan L e c t u r e r : P eggy K . K o r n The offerings of the History Department are designed to give the student a sense o f the past and an acquaintance with the course o f cultural and institutional develop­ ment which has brought forth the w orld o f today, and at the same time to provide some training in historical method and the use o f evidence. Concerned as it is with these ends, the study o f history in college emphasizes less the accumulation o f data than the comprehension o f those ideas and institutions— political, religious, social, economic— by which man has attempted to order his world. The structure o f the department’s program derives from the belief that some knowledge o f European history since classical times is both an important part of a general education and a valuable prelude to further historical work. History 1-2 is planned as an introduction to this subject, to the methods and problems of the historian, and to the study and use o f historical materials; it is a prerequisite for all other departmental offerings except Courses 5, 6, 9, 38, 40, 44 and 45. Students contemplating further work in the department should, if possible, take History 1-2 in the freshman year; those w ho take the course in later years may, if they have successfully completed History 1, elect an additional history course in the second semester. Students who enter college with Advanced Placement in European history or who pass the departmental qualifying examination may, with the permission o f the department, substitute a semester course in Medieval history for History 1-2. The courses offered by the department fall into four general areas: Medieval and Early Modern Europe; Modern Europe; the Americas; Africa, Asia, and Latin America. The minimum requirement for acceptance for a major in History is the successful completion o f the departmental prerequisite and a satisfactory standard o f work in other departments. The work of the major in Course consists normally o f not less than eight nor more than twelve semester courses in the department. The choice o f courses is made, in consultation with the student’s advisor, so as to prepare for a comprehensive examination in the spring o f the senior year covering any three o f the four fields described above. Students entering the Honors program may elect History as a major in either the Division o f the Humanities or the Division o f the Social Sciences, and as a minor in cross divisional programs. Those w ho are considering a major or minor in History Honors should give timely consideration to the prerequisites o f their other fields. Those w ho intend to continue their studies after graduation should bear in mind that a reading knowledge o f one or two foreign languages is now generally required fo r admission to graduate school. $ Absent on leave, 1968-69. 122 C o u rses 1—2. E u r o p e . Members o f the Department. Year course One o f the basic courses in the College curriculum. The first semester con­ siders the period from the fall o f the Roman Empire to the end o f the seventeenth century and the formation o f a distinctively European civilization. The second semester, covering the period from the Enlightenment to the mid-twentieth century, deals with the development o f this civilization and with its impact on the outer world. 5. T h e U n it e d St a t e s to 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field. Fall semester The colonial experience; independence, a new society, and a new government; transcontinental expansion and the struggle between North and South. 6. T he U nited States Since 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field. Spring semester Industrialism and its consequences; the United States as a great power; the problems o f a shrinking world. 7. A merican Intellectual H istory to 1865. Mr. Tolies. Fall semester The history o f ideas in the United States from the colonial period through the mid-nineteenth century. A general knowledge o f the political and social history o f the period is assumed. 8. A merican Intellectual H istory Since 1865. Mr. Bannister. Spring semester The history o f ideas in the United States from the mid-nineteenth century to the present time. A general knowledge o f the political and social history o f the period is assumed. 9. Freshman -Sophomore Seminar . Collaborative small group investigation o f subjects within the particular fields o f interest of members of the department. Offered as opportunity permits in each semester. 11. T he Formation of M edieval Civilization . Mr. Smith. Fall semester The history o f the early M iddle Ages, from the Christian Roman Empire to the eleventh century crisis o f Church and State. N o t offered in 1968-69. 12. T he M aturing of M edieval Civilization . Mr. Smith. Spring semester The period from about 1100 to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on Western Europe in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. 13. E n g l a n d to 1485. Mr. Smith. Full semester The political, cultural, and religious history o f England from the Roman occupation to the accession o f the Tudors. 16. T he R enaissance. Mr. McCully. The birth of modern western civilization considered in terms o f intellectual developments and their relation to economic, social, and political conditions. N ot offered in 1968-69. 17. T he Reformation and the Seventeenth C entury . Mr. McCully. The reformation o f religion in Church and State and the cultural and social effects o f secularization. N ot offered in 1968-69. 123 22. Europe since 1914. Mr. W illiamson. Fall semester The social and political impact o f the two great wars, attempts to solve the economic problems o f the inter-war period by new political forms, the polariza­ tion o f Europe after 1945, and the disintegration o f the two hostile alliances. 24. M odern England . Mr. Lafore. Fall semester The development o f constitutional government and the transition from an agricultural and aristocratic nation to an urban and socialist one. 25. M odern Russia. M r. Beik. The course begins with the reign o f Peter and gives half its time to the period since the Revolution. N ot offered in 1968-69. 26. M odern Europe. Members of the department. Spring semester Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the experiences o f one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In 1968-69 this nation w ill be Germany. Mr. Williamson. 27. T he French Revolution and N apoleon . Mr. Beik. T he significance o f the period from 1789 to 1815 in the development of modern European social theories and political institutions. N ot offered in 1968-69. 30. A merican D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field. Fall semester Official United States foreign policy considered as a part o f the larger problem o f American participation in w orld affairs. 34. A merica in the Progressive Era , 1896-1920. Mr. Bannister. • Spring semester The attack on political privilege and the movement for the control o f industry; urban poverty, the new immigration, the Negro, women's rights, temperance, and conservation; the emergence o f America as a w orld power. 37. A merican Religious T hought . Mr. Tolies. Spring semester The course o f religious thought in the colonies and the United States, with appropriate reference to general intellectual history and American church history. 38. Q uakerism. Mr. Tolies. The history o f the Society o f Friends to the present day. The characteristic religious and social ideas o f the Quakers are considered in their historical setting. N ot offered in 1968-69. 40. A frica. Mr. W right. Fall semester Aspects o f African history and civilization with the emphasis on tropical Africa in modern times. 42. T he Expansion of Europe. Mr. W right. Spring semester A survey o f European overseas expansion since 1415, and o f its impact on non-European societies. The emphasis is on South and Southeast Asia. 44. T he Far East in the N ineteenth C entury . Mr. Yuan. Fall semester The impact o f the W est; internal disruption and adjustment; the beginnings o f nationalism and of the process o f modernization. 124 45. T he Far East in the T wentieth Century . Mr. Yuan. Spring semester The search fo r a new identity; the rise o f militarism and imperialism in Japan and o f communism in China. 46. A s ia n N a t io n a l is m s . Mr. Yuan. Pall semester A comparative study o f middle eastern and far eastern Asian nationalisms, with emphasis on the Turkish, Arab, Chinese, and Japanese forms. 48. L a t i n A m e r ic a . Mrs. Korn. The development o f the Latin American countries from colonial times to the present. N ot offered in 1968-69. 51-2. C o l l o q u i u m . Fall semester A double-credit course o f restricted enrollment which seeks, through intensive investigation o f a limited topic, to illuminate an important historical field. Open to majors in Course in any department. Topics in 1968-69 are: A. Twentieth Century Wars. Mr. Field. B. Varieties of Historical Analysis. Mr. Lafore. 53. D irected R e a d in g . Members o f the department. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the student not dealt with in the regular course offerings. The consent o f the Chairman and o f the Instructor is required. 67. T hesis. Members of the department. W ith the consent o f the Chairman and o f the supervising member o f the department a thesis may be substituted for a course in the fall semester of the senior year. 68—69. Spring semester S p e c ia l T o pic s . Group meetings o f senior majors in their final semester to review, integrate, and supplement their programs. The readings and discussion center on the development o f historical writing from the M iddle Ages to the present, and on the relationship o f the historian to his time. H onors Seminars The follow ing seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors who are preparing for the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be taken in any combination without regard to chronological order. History 1-2 is a pre­ requisite to all seminars. In addition, some preliminary reading is required for seminars 130, 132, and 134 if no work in American history has been previously elected. Those w ho wish to specialize in international relations with a major in history (see page 127, last paragraph) should include in their programs at least three of the follow ing seminars: 134, 126, 128, 140, 144. 111. M e d iev al E u r o p e . Mr. Smith. Spring semester A study o f the civilization that flourished in Western Europe between the eleventh and the fourteenth centuries. 116. T h e R e n a is s a n c e and R e f o r m a t io n . Mr. McCully. Fall semester The birth o f Modern Europe as seen in such developments as the recovery o f classical culture, the crisis o f religion and the Church, the establishment of centralized states, and the origins o f modern science. N ot offered in 1968-69. 125 118. T udor and Stuart England . M r. M cC u lly. Spring semester The English Renaissance and Reformation, constitutional developments, the Civil W a r and the Restoration. N ot offered in 1968-69. 122. Europe 1760 to 1870. M r. Beik. Pall semester The disintegration o f the old regime and the rise o f liberalism. N o t offered in 1968-69. 123. Europe 1870 to 1945. Mr. W illiamson. Both semesters Political and social changes in Europe through the Second W orld W ar. 124. England Since 1785. Mr. Lafore. The rise o f the first modern industrial state. economic problems. Pall semester Its social, political, and 126. D iplomatic H istory of Europe . Mr. W illiam son or Mr. Lafore. The management o f international affairs since 1870. N ot offered in 1968-69. 128. Eastern Europe . Mr. Beik. Spring semester The origins and consequences o f the Russian Revolution and the development o f the nations o f East Central Europe. N ot offered in 1968-69. 130. Early A merican H istory. Mr. Tolies. Spring semester Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects o f the period from the explorations to the end o f the American Revolution. N o t offered in 1968-69. 132. Problems in A merican H istory. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field. Both semesters Selected topics in the history o f the United States. 134. Problems in A merican H istory: Foreign. Mr. Field. Spring semester A study o f the evolution since 1776 o f American relations with the outer world, with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strategic developments. 140. M odern A frica. Mr. W right. Pall semester Studies in African history with emphasis on the period since 1800, the region south o f the Sahara, and the European impact. 144. T he M odern Far East. Mr. Yuan. Spring semester Political, social, and intellectual movements in China and Japan since about 1840. 167. T hesis. W ith the permission o f the department Honors students may write a thesis for either single or double course credit. D ouble credit theses w ill normally be written in the fall semester o f the senior year for submission as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors students wishing to write a thesis for single credit should elect Course 67. 126 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Students w ho plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or more modern languages. Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the programs o f students w ho do their major work in economics, history, political science, or a modern language. These students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examina­ tion should take eight, nine, or ten courses from among those listed below, including all o f those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen o f the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairman­ ship o f the Department o f Political Science. Group l Political Science 4. International Politics Political Science 13. International Law and O rganization Political Science 14. A merican Foreign Policy Political Science 63. A dvanced International Politics Economics 60. International Economics Group II Economics 11. Economic D evelopment History 25. M odern Russia History 30. A merican D iplomatic H istory History 40. A frica History 42. T he Expansion of Europe History 44, 45. T he Far East History 46. A sian N ationalisms Group III Economics 61. Comparative Economic Systems Political Science 3. Comparative Politics Political Science 18. Politics of D eveloping N ations Political Science 19. Comparative Communist Politics Political Science 21. Politics of A frica Political Science 55. M odern P olitical T heory Political Science 64. T opics in I nternational Relations Students w ho plan to enter the Honors program w ill find it possible to select a similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f international relations. In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman o f their prospective major department. 1 27 MATHEMATICS Professors: H einrich Brink m an n , Chairman D avid R osen A ssociate Professor: Stevens H eckscher A ssistant Professors: R oland B. di Franco T homas W . H awkins Eugene A. K lotz % J. Edward Skeath { James T. W ood Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model o f a deductive science. O n the other hand, the subject matter o f mathematics has for the most part arisen out o f concrete applications to the physical sciences, among which geometry occupies a central position. T he courses offered in the Department o f Mathematics attempt to combine these points o f view and to give a picture o f the power and beauty o f the subject when studied for its own sake, as well as its many relations to other fields o f thought. T he study of mathematics is essential as a tool for the understanding o f the principles o f the physical sciences and engineering; a knowledge o f its techniques is indispensable for a successful pursuit o f these subjects. The same is becoming increasingly true in the biological sciences and the social sciences. The sequence consisting o f courses 3, 4, 11, 12 forms the normal preparation for further work in mathematics as well as for work in physics and other sciences, and engineering. Courses 5, 6, 15, 16 are Honors courses and can be taken in place of courses, 3, 4, 11, 12 by properly qualified students. A student w ho wishes to major in mathematics in Course must complete course 12 or course 16 in his sophomore year. In his junior and senior years he w ill take courses 23, 24, 51, 52, 55; these are required o f all majors in course. It is also recommended that he take Physics 1, 2. In order to be admitted to the Honors program with work in mathematics a student must have completed course 12 or course 16. A junior Honors student w ill normally take seminars 104 (M odern Algebra) and 101 (Calculus on M anifolds), or prepare for a paper by taking courses 51, 52. A n Honors student whose major is mathe­ matics w ill usually present four papers in mathematics; these must include seminar 105 (Com plex Analysis) as w ell as the work just mentioned for the junior year. Such a student should also take Physics 1, 2 and it is furthermore highly desirable that he have a reading knowledge o f French or German. 1. Introduction to M athematics. Fall se m e s te r The purpose o f this course is to acquaint the student with some of the principles and fundamental concepts o f mathematics. The main topics for study w ill be an introduction to logic and sets, linear algebra, the basic ideas o f the calculus, with probability theory and statistics as an application. The course is designed as a terminal course in mathematics and cannot be used as a prerequisite for any course offered by the Department o f Mathematics. 3, 4. Calculus . This is an introductory course in calculus designed for students with normal preparation. Course 3 can be used as a prerequisite for Course 8. $ Absent on leave, 1968-69. 128 5,6. Calculus (H onors C ourse). This is an introductory course in calculus intended for students with superior preparation and aptitude in mathematics. Permission to enroll in this course must be obtained from the instructor. 8. Probability and Statistics. This course deals with the mathematical theory o f statistics, based upon a study o f the theory o f probability. A n introduction to the theory o f sampling and statistical inference w ill be given. Prerequisite: Course 3 or Course 5. 11. Linear A lgebra. semester This is the normal course for the first semester o f the second year. The subject matter o f the Course is linear algebra and related topics. Prerequisite: Completion o f courses 3, 4 or 5, 6 with grade C or better. Freshmen w ho obtain a score o f 3 on the Advanced Placement Examination may also take this course. 12. Intermediate Calculus . Spring semester Linear differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied in this course. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion o f one o f courses f t , 15 or 17. 15. Linear A lgebra (H onors Course). Foil semester This course is designed for students w ho have done superior work in preceding courses. Prerequisite: Superior work in courses 3, 4 or 5, 6; permission to enroll in this course must be obtained from the instructor. 16. Intermediate Calculus (H onors C ourse). Spring semester Linear differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied in this course. It is designed for students w ho have done superior work in pre­ ceding courses. Prerequisite: Superior work in one o f courses 11, 15 or 17; permission to enroll in this course must be obtained from the instructor. 17. Special Course. Fallsemester This course is specifically designed for those freshmen w ho obtain a score o f 5 or 4 on the Advanced Placement Examination. The content o f the course is linear algebra and infinite series. 20. M ultivariate Calculus. Springsemester Differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied in this course. Emphasis w ill be laid on applications to the social sciences. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of one of courses 11, 15, or 17. 22. N umerical M ethods. Springsemester This course w ill deal with the numerical solution o f various mathematical problems, pure and applied. A laboratory period w ill be included. Prerequisite: Course 12 or Course 16. 23. H igher G eometry . Fallsemester Various kinds o f geometry (mostly in the plane) w ill be studied in this course, using both analytic and synthetic methods. A portion o f the work w ill deal with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other geometries. T he conic sections w ill be studied in some detail. This course is not open to freshmen except by special permission. Prerequisite: Course 11 or 15 or 17. 129 24. H igher A lgebra. a Spring semester The subject matter o f this course consists o f various topics o f modern algebra, such as groups, rings, and fields. N ote that linear algebra is studied in Mathematics 11, 15 and 17. Prerequisite: Course 11 or 15 or 17. 51, 52. Real and C omplex A nalysis. Am ong the topics covered in this course are multivariate calculus (including some vector analysis and differential geom etry), the theory o f functions of a complex variable, differential and integral equations, and boundary-value problems. O ne or both o f these courses can be used to prepare for an Honors paper, possibly with some additional independent work. Prerequisites: A year o f calculus and a semester o f linear algebra. Some knowledge o f differential equations is also desirable. 55. Senior Conference . Spring semester A weekly meeting held for the purpose o f integrating and supplementing the course program o f majors in this department. It is required o f all majors in the Course program. 60. Reading Course in M athematics. This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in fields not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work consists in the preparation o f papers requiring extensive and detailed examina­ tion o f the literature o f a problem. H onors Seminars 101. Calculus on M anifolds. Fall semester The subject matter o f this seminar includes the differential and integral calculus o f functions o f several variables as well as topics from the theory of infinite series. 102. T opology . Spring semester This seminar is intended to bridge thé gap between Advanced Calculus and certain topics in abstract mathematics. The topics covered w ill vary from year to year and may include such items as: Point set topology with some applications :to functional analysis, hom ology and homotopy theory. 104. M odern A lgebra. This seminar deals with the theoretical properties o f such formal systems as groups, rings, fields and vector spaces. W h ile these concepts w ill be illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis w ill be on the abstract nature o f the subject. The student w ill thus be introduced to an important aspect o f. modern mathematics. 105. Complex A nalysis . A brief study o f the geometry o f (complex numbers is follow ed by a detailed treatment o f the .Cauchy theory 0Î analytical functions o f a complex variable. Various applications are given and some special classes of functions, such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of Weierstrass are briefly considered. Prerequisite: Seminar 101 or Courses 51, 52. 106. T heory • of N umbers. Am ong the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of integers, the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain classical Diophantine equations, simple examples o f fields o f algebraic numbers. 130 107. Functional A nalysis . This seminar is intended for students o f some mathematical maturity, and w ill be an introduction to some material that is important in present-day mathematics. Topics covered w ill include axiomatic set theory, topological and metric spaces, measure theory, topological groups, and elements o f the theory o f Banach and Hilbert spaces. 108A. Symbolic Logic. A n examination o f symbolic logic as ( 1 ) the theory o f inference, ( 2 ) a tool o f analysis, and ( 3 ) a foundation for mathematics. Emphasis w ill be placed on the fundamental concepts (e.g., the axiomatic method, consistency, decidability), major theorems (completeness and incompleteness), and prob­ lems o f the foundations o f logic. n ote : This seminar is given by the Department o f Philosophy. who have taken 108B may not take this seminar. 108B. Foundations and Philosophy of Students M athematics. This seminar w ill begin with a brief survey o f the major results in founda­ tions o f mathematics: axiomatic development o f symbolic logic and set theory, G odel incompleteness theorem, consistency and independence o f the axiom o f choice and the continuum hypothesis. This w ill be follow ed by a comparison o f the logicist, formalist and intuitionist view o f foundations o f mathematics. n ote : This seminar is offered jointly by the Departments o f Philosophy and Mathematics. Students who have taken 108A may not take this seminar. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy and Mathematics 24 or equivalent work with axiomatic mathematics. N o t offered in 1968-69. 109. Probability and Statistics. The purpose o f this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary for an understanding o f the mathematical analysis o f statistical data. In addition the modern development o f this subject provides a valuable applica­ tion o f the concepts and techniques acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The topics treated include: the axiomatic approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correlation and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory, and a short introduction to the theory o f statistical estimation. 110. A pplied M athematics. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the methods o f mathe­ matical physics. The main emphasis w ill be the theory o f functions of a complex variable and its many ramifications. Topics w ill include applica­ tions o f the theory to potential theory and the Dirichlet problem as well as certain Differential Equations such as Bessels and Legendre’s equation. Fourier and Laplace transforms w ill be considered as time permits. 111. M athematics of the Social Sciences. This seminar is concerned with mathematics which has arisen from problems in the social sciences. Possible topics include game theory, linear program­ ming, learning theory, Markov chain models, utility theory, voting strength analysis, Arrow ’s social welfare problem, measurement theory, organization theory, and other models from economics, political science, psychology, and sociology-anthropology. Prerequisites: T w o years o f mathematics and permission from the instructor. N ot offered in 1968-69131 113. G roup Representations. The purpose o f this seminar is to introduce the student to important aspects o f modern algebra through the study o f the specific problem o f group repre­ sentations. T he emphasis w ill be on the classical case: finite groups, with the characteristic not dividing the order o f the group. Although considerable care w ill be devoted to developing the appropriate algebraic background, a good knowledge o f several areas o f modern algebra w ill be required. 132 MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES Professors: H ilde D. C ohn (German) Fran z H. M autner (German) } Francis P. T afoya , Chairm an (French) A ssociate Professors: G eorge C. A very (G erm an) Jean A shmead Perkins (French) G eorge K rugovoy (Russian) Philip M etzidakis (Spanish) A ssistant Professors: Elisa A sensio (Spanish) T hompson Bradley (Russian) R obert R oza (French) Richard T erdiman (French) Instructors : Simone V oisin Smith (French) Ewald E. H aeusser (G erm an) V isiting L ecturers: R obert P. N ew ton (German) H elen P. Shatagin (Russian) A ssistant: A n n e T eissonniere (French) The purpose o f the departmental major is to acquaint the student with the important periods and major figures in the literature o f France, the German-speaking countries, Russia, Spain and Latin-America, and to provide training in critical analysis while developing his appreciation of literary and cultural values. Courses numbered 1 through 6 are primarily designed to help students acquire the linguistic competence necessary to pursue literary studies in a foreign language (and satisfy college and departmental requirements) through work with the language and selected literary texts. For a detailed description o f the dual orientation in these courses see the Explanatory N ote on language courses below. Courses num­ bered 11 or above stress the study o f literature as a humanistic discipline but also have as one o f their aims the achievement o f competence in the spoken and written language. Students who show unusual promise or a willingness to do intensive supple­ mentary work can major or enter Honors seminars in ,a language started in college, but in general, students planning to major in a foreign language and its literature are advised to present enough credits upon admission to enable them to register for courses numbered 11 and 12 in their freshman year or at the very latest by the beginning o f the sophomore year. Students w ho enter with no previous knowledge of Russian but w ho are interested in majoring in Russian should register for the sections of intensive Russian (1B -2B ) in the course o f their freshman year. Language courses numbered 1 through 5 do not count toward the minimum o f eight courses required for the major. Students are strongly urged to satisfy the language requirement upon admission; those who do not on the basis o f scores in the College Entrance Examination or placement tests administered by the department during freshman orientation can satisfy the requirement by completing a course numbered 4 or 4 A or any course at the end o f which they make a satisfactory score in the achievement examinations. These examinations are administered at the end o f each semester. Students who have not satisfied the language requirement upon admission or w ho want to continue a language begun elsewhere w ill be placed at the course level where they will profit best according to the rating o f the College Entrance Examination or t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 133 placement tests administered by the department. Students w ho place in courses numbered 1 through 4 must in addition take the Modern Language Aptitude Test during freshman orientation. Students beginning their study o f a foreign language at Swarthmore are also required to take the Modern Language Aptitude Test. Prerequisites for majors are noted under the listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Exceptions to course requirements are made for those w ho show competence in the language o f specialization. Students w ho speak French, German, Russian or Spanish fluently should consult with the department before electing courses. Majors are urged (a ) to elect supporting courses in other literatures (classical or m odern), History, Philosophy, Political Science, Anthropology, Sociology, Psychol­ ogy, Art History and Music; ( b ) to investigate seriously the possibility o f spending, after their sophomore year, at least a summer and a semester abroad. Interested students should request assistance o f departmental advisors familiar with programs in foreign countries. Students planning to do graduate work are reminded that, in addition to the language specialization, a reading knowledge o f other languages is generally re­ quired for admission to advanced studies. Students w ho »need advice concerning the choice o f languages should consult with the department. Continental European Literature (Conducted in English) Students acquainted with a particular foreign language w ould do best to elect the appropriate literature course taught in the original language and hot the cor­ responding CEL 12 or CEL 50, though they might well take one in another literature. These courses cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level courses in the original languages to satisfy the departmental prerequisites for a major or minor, nor do they fulfill the distribution requirement. The CEL 50s may in some cases form an appropriate part o f the upper-level work in the major in one o f the foreign literatures or serve as the basis o f preparation for an Honors paper. Students planning pro­ grams where such considerations w ould apply must consult with the Department. CEL 12 and CEL 50 courses will be offered according to the follow ing sequence: 1968-69 Fall Spring CEL 12 French CEL 50 Spanish CEL 12 German CEL 50 Russian 1969-70 Spring Fall CEL 12 Russian CEL 50 German CEL 12 Spanish CEL 50 French Courses 12F. M an and Society in French L iterature. Mr. Terdiman. Fall semester, 1968 A n examination principally in works dating before 1900 o f the double tradition o f introspective individualism and deep social concern— and o f the inevitable conflict between these impulses— in the works o f such writers as Montaigne, Pascal, Molière, Diderot, Rousseau, Stendhal and Zola. 12G. T he Q uest for a T radition in G erman Literature. Mr. Avery. Spring semester, 1969 A selection o f representative works written in German-speaking countries from the M iddle Ages to the end o f the nineteenth century. Emphasis on the 134 emergence o f characteristically German themes and forms as a response to the influences o f historical and cultural forces. Emphasis on similarities to a European literary tradition and on divergences from it. Authors w ill include Gottfried, Grimmelshausen, Lessing, Schiller, Goethe, Keller, Fontane, and Wedekind. 12R. T he O rigins of Russian Literature and Political T hought . Mr. Krugovoy. Spring semester, 1970 A survey o f Russian culture from the Kievan period to the nineteenth century. The Byzantine influence and the consequence o f the introduction o f Christianity. A brief consideration o f medieval literature. Secularization o f culture in the eighteenth century, Russian neoclassicism and Freemasonry. The WesternizerSlavophile schism and the beginning o f the great literary age in the early nineteenth century. Particular emphasis on Chaadaev, Khomiakov, Belinsky, Karamzin, Pushkin, Lermontov, and G ogol. 12S. T he D evelopment of Spanish Literature. Mr. Metzidakis. Fall semester, 1969 A study o f works representative o f the most significant currents in Hispanic literature from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Special emphasis on Spain's unique contribution to w orld literature: the figure o f the picaro, la Celestina, D on Juan and D on Q uixote. Includes selective^prose works o f the Realistic and Naturalistic periods. 1 }. M edieval Comparative Literature. Mrs. Perkins. Fall semester, 1968 The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the, literature o f the M iddle Ages, especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, T he Grail.) 50F. Intellectual T rends in 20th Century Erench L iterature. M r, Tafoya, Fall semester, 1969 Principal doctrines (Bergsonism, Surrealism, Marxism, Existentialism, Struc­ turalism) as reflected in, or related to, the major literary or critical works and essays o f Proust, Gide, André Breton, Louis Aragon, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, de Beauvoir, Roland Barthes, and Claude Lévi-Strauss. 50G. G erman LiteratI ire since 1900. Mr. Avery. Spring semester, 1970 A study o f the reflection in German literature o f the political and cultural crises that have dominated the century. W orks by Rilke, Thomas Mann, Hesse, Kafka, Musil, D ôblin, Brecht, Grass and Johnson. 50R, Russian Literature and Revolutionary T hought . Mr. Bradley. Spring semester, 1969 A study o f continuity and change: the relationship between the major political and social movements and the writers before and after 1917. Special attention w ill be given to the post-revolutionary literary and political struggle in the 1920’s and the literary revival o f the 1960’s with emphasis on Herzen, Bakunin, Chernyshevsky, Trotsky, Babel, Olesha, Mayakovsky, Tertz and Solzhenitsyn. 50S. Spanish T hought and Literature Mr. Metzidakis. of the 20th Century . Fall semester, 1968 The struggle between traditionalism aiid liberalism, its background and mani­ festations in Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f the century through the Civil W ar to the present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, José Camilo Cela, Carmen Laforet and Juan Goytisolo. 135 M odern Language Se m i n a r (C o n d u c t e d in E n g lis h ) 130. Linguistics. I. The basic techniques o f descriptive linguistics (phonology, morphology, syn­ tax) with emphasis on their application to languages known to the participants; II. The methods and results o f historical-comparative language study; other topics (such as language typology, translation problems, semantics, language and culture, histories o f linguistics) may be covered, depending on time and students’ interests. N ot offered in 1968-69. N .B. Expanded and revised offerings in Linguistics w ill be announced during the academic year 1968-69. Students interested in courses and/or seminars in Linguistics should consult with the department. Explanatory N ote on Language Courses Numbered 1 through 4 Beginning in the fall o f 1968, most language courses (French, German and Russian) numbered 1 through 4 w ill be taught in sections with different orientations. The work load in either group o f courses w ill be similar except that students in A sections will prepare a greater proportion o f their daily assignments under the supervision o f a qualified language specialist. Both types o f work, as described below, satisfy the college requirement in language; a. Courses numbered 1 through 4 without a postscript capital combine the pres­ entation or review o f grammar essentials with extensive reading and transla­ tion o f texts o f literary, cultural or general interest. These courses meet three times per week with additional sessions in the language laboratory as assigned. These courses do not normally prepare students for the intermediate or ad­ vanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Admission con­ tingent upon departmental testing. b. Courses numbered 1A through 4A are designed to impart an active command o f the language and combine the study or review o f grammar essentials and readings o f literary texts with intensive practice to develop the ability to speak the language. This orientation is recommended for those interested in acquiring a thorough command o f the language or in preparing for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. These courses (a ) meet as one section for grammar presentation and in small groups for oral practice with a special instructor ( b ) require periodic work in the language laboratory. Admission contingent upon departmental testing. c. Courses numbered IB through 3B (applicable only to Russian for the academic year 1968-69) are similar in orientation to those designated with a capital A but meet more frequently for extra credit. Three semesters in this sequence (Russian IB, 2B, 3B ) are the equivalent o f two years o f work at the college level. Recommended for students w ho want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge o f the language who are considering majoring in Russian. French French may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors. Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s: Required: French 6, 11 and 12; the equivalent, or evidence o f special competence. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. Majors in Course and Honors, as well as minors in Honors, are expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken and written French to do all o f their work in 136 French, i.e., .discussions and papers in courses and seminars, and all oral and written examinations, including comprehensive and Honors examinations. N ote : N ot all advanced courses are offered every year. Those announced for 1968-69 and 1969-70, guarantee adequate coverage for majors but do not preclude additional offerings or special arrangements to satisfy manifest interest. Students wishing to major or minor in French should plan their program in consultation with the department. C ourses 1-2. First-Y ear French . Year course For students w ho begin French in college and for those w ho have had only one year in high school. Equivalent to two years o f French in high school. See section a o f the explanatory note on language courses in the introductory departmental statement. N o credit is given for French 1 alone. Normally follow ed by French 3, 4, but students with exceptional qualifications may request permission to continue in 3A, 4A. 1 A -2A . First-Y ear French . Year course For students w ho begin French in one year in high school. Equivalent section b o f the explanatory note departmental statement. N o credit follow ed by French 3A, 4A. college and for those w ho have had only to tw o years o f French in high school. See on language courses in the introductory is given for French IA alone. Normally 3, 4. Second-Y ear French . For students who have completed French 1-2 or the equivalent as determined by departmental testing. See section a o f the explanatory note on language courses in the introductory departmental statement. Normally a terminal course designed to meet the language requirement but exceptionally qualified students may, with permission, take an appropriate sequential course. For the academic year 1968-69 students in sections o f French 4 taught in jail semester only may freely elect to continue in sections o f 11 or, with permission, 12 the follow ing semester. French 3 is offered in fall semester only, French 4 and the sequential courses w ill be offered each semester. 3A, 4A. Second-Y ear French . For students who have completed French 1A-2A or the equivalent as de­ termined by departmental testing. See section b o f the explanatory note on language courses in the introductory departmental statement. Completion of 4A satisfies the language requirement and the prerequisites for intermediate courses in French. Normally follow ed by French 11, but exceptionally quali­ fied students may, with permission, take French 12. French 3A is offered in the fall semester only; for the academic year 1968-69, French 4A w ill be taught spring semester only, thereafter French 4A w ill be offered each semester. Sequential courses are taught each semester. 5. Composition and D iction . Emphasis is placed on syntax, translation and composition. A n effort is made to encourage fluency and to correct faulty pronunciation. (D oes not count towards a French major.) 6. Studies in Stylistics. For 1968-69, offered jail semester only. For majors or those w ho wish an advanced course to develop self-expression in the written and oral language. Original compositions are based on a stylistic Study o f texts (by representative French authors) from the X V IIIth Century to the present. 137 11. R eadings in French Literature. Each semester The transition from language learning to literary study is facilitated through intensive readings in modern French literature (works by authors such as Beckett, Butor, Camus, Genet, Gide, Sartre or oth ers). Frequent oral exposés and written compositions as well as extensive readings are assigned to improve fluency and accuracy in French. Prerequisite: French 4A, the equivalent, or special permission. 12. Introduction to Literary Studies. Each semester A comparative study of representative works by classical and modern authors: poetry (Ronsard, Baudelaire, A pollinaire), drama (Racine-Sartre, MolièreRom ains), novel (Constant-Proust), essay (Pascal-Camus). Prerequisite: French 11, the equivalent or special permission. 14. L’H umanisme D e La Renaissance. Mrs. Smith. Spring semester, 1970 The evolution o f French thought from the optimism o f Rabelais to the skep­ ticism o f Montaigne as reflected primarily in the prose works o f the Renaissance. 15. Le T héâtre C lassique. Mrs. Smith. ' Fall semester, 1969 The development o f dramatic techniques in French drama from the sixteenth century through the age o f Classicism. Emphasis on Corneille, Racine and Molière. 16. Le Classicisme. Mrs. Smith. Fall semester, 1968 The major writers o f the 17th century, excluding the dramatists; Descartes, Pascal, La Fontaine, Boileau, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyère, Mme. de La Fayette. 17. L’Esprit Critique D u 18e Siècle. Mrs. Perkins. Spring semester, 1969 Development o f the critical approach in the works o f Montesquieu, Voltaire, D iderot and Rousseau. 19. Roman D u 19e Siècle. Mr. Terdiman. Spring semester, 1970 A study o f innovations in technique and form as well as the examination of moral problems arising from socio-political changes in 19th century France. Based primarily on the novels of Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert and Zola. 20. Roman D u 20e Siècle. A study o f aesthetic innovations and o f principal themes in their ideological and sociological context. Readings to be chosen from the works o f authors such as Beckett, Breton, Butor, Camus, Céline, Gide, Malraux, Queneau, Robbe-Grillet, Sarraute, Sartre or others. 21. T héâtre M oderne. Mr. Roza. Fall semester, 1968 M ajor trends in 20th Century drama with special emphasis on the works of Giraudoux, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, and the Theatre o f the Absurd. 22. Poésie D u M oyen -Âge Et D e La Renaissance. Mrs. Perkins. Fall semester, 1969 Poetic doctrines and achievements from the M iddle Ages through the period o f the Renaissance (includes Neo-Platonism and the Pléiade) to the Baroque. Emphasis on the works o f V illon, Marot, Scève, DuBellay and Ronsard. 23. Poésie Symboliste. The evolution o f symbolist aesthetics from Baudelaire through Apollinaire. Includes Rimbaud, Mallarmé, Verlaine, LaForgue and Valéry. 25. Poésie Contemporaine . M ajor poets after Apollinaire; includes the Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Aragon and Char) as well as Saint-John Perse, Supervielle and repre­ sentative poets since W orld W ar II (G uillevic and Bonnefoy). 138 30. Littérateurs Engagés. Mr. Tafoya. A study o f the literature o f commitment before and after W orld W a r II. Principally an examination o f the literary manifestations o f French Existential­ ism. Includes works by Malraux, Sartre, de Beauvoir, Camus or others. 50—51. Colloquium . Mr. Terdiman. Spring semester, 1969 Offered for double credit and devoted to the intensive investigation o f subjects or topics not covered by the regular program. Enrollment is limited and subject to departmental approval. The subject for the spring semester o f 1968-69 is: La Littérature narrative en Prance. Techniques o f representation in French fiction. W orks w ill be chosen from the medieval period (fo r example, the Chanson de Roland) to the most recent example o f the new fiction (fo r example, Claude Simon’s H istoire). N o attempt at survey coverage w ill be made; however, extensive reading in critical works dealing with narrative will be expected. 52. Special T opics (fo r senior m ajors). Spring semester, 1969 The topic fo r spring semester, 1968-69 is: The Contemporary Continental European N ovel. Similarities and divergences in the development o f the novel in France, Germany, Russia and Spain. Readings in the original language and/or in translation. Discussions in English. Taught, as a combined course for all departmental majors by Messrs. Avery, Bradley, Metzidakis and Tafoya. H onors Seminars 100. Littérature D u M oyen A ge. Mrs. Perkins. Spring semester, 1970 O ld French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and romance. 101. La Renaissance. Mrs. Smith. Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Navarre, and Montaigne. innovations from Marot through the Pléiade. Poetic 102. Le T héâtre C lassique. Mrs. Smith. Corneille, Racine, Molière. 103. L’A ge des Lumières. Mrs. Perkins. Pall semester, 1969 The "Philosophes,” the theater and the novel o f the eighteenth century. 104. Stendhal and Flaubert. 105. Proust. Mr. Terdiman. Spring semester, 1970 106. Poésie M oderne. Mr. Roza. Pall semester, 1968 Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Valéry. 108. Le Rom an D u 20e Siècle. Mr. Roza. Spring semester, 1969 Some seminars, treat the same subject as the courses, but the reading required in both texts and critical material is more extensive. The work o f a seminar corresponds to two courses. German German may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors. Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s: Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. 139 Majors are expected to speak German with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass oral examinations in German. N ote : N ot all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in German should plan their program in consultation with the department. C ourses N o t e : See the Explanatory N ote on Language Courses numbered 1 through 4 in the introductory departmental statement. 1-2. First-Y ear G erman . Year course For students w ho begin German in college. Equivalent to two years of German in secondary school. Normally follow ed by German 3, 4, but exceptionally qualified students may request permission to continue in German 3A, 4A. Emphasis on fundamentals o f grammar; readings in literary and expository prose. 1 A -2A . First-Y ear G erman . Year course For students w ho begin German in college. Equivalent to two years of German in secondary school. Normally follow ed by German 3A, 4A. Five class meetings per week. Active practice in speaking and writing. Emphasis on fundamentals o f grammar: readings in literary and expository prose. 3, 4. Second-Y ear G erman . For students who have completed German 1-2 or its equivalent as de­ termined by departmental testing. Normally a terminal course designed to meet the language requirement. Exceptionally qualified students may, with permission, take an appropriate sequential course. (Students in German 4 in the jail semester, 1968-69 may, without special permission, continue in German 11 in the spring semester.) German 3 is offered in the fall semester only; German 4 is normally offered in both semesters. Review o f first-year grammar, follow ed by emphasis on special problems o f grammar; literary and expository readings beginning with texts o f moderate difficulty such as Hesse, K nulp; Brecht, Kalendergeschicbten; Schweitzer, Leben und Denken. 3A, 4A. Second-Y ear G erman . For students who have completed German 1A-2A or its equivalent as de­ termined by departmental testing. Completion o f German 4 A fulfills the language requirement and the prerequisites for German 6, 11, or 12. German 3A is offered in the fall semester only; in 1968-69 German 4A w ill be offered in the spring semesters only; thereafter in fall and spring semesters. Grammar and readings similar to German 3, 4 but with emphasis on de­ velopment o f speaking and writing ability. 6. W riting and Speaking G erman . Oral discussions and writing practice based on general and literary topics of contemporary interest. For students w ho want to consolidate their skills of expression. Prerequisite: German 3A, 4A or its equivalent. 7—8. Elementary G erman (Special Reading Course.) Year course A special course designed for those w ho wish to acquire only a reading knowledge o f German. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requirements of certain departments or o f graduate schools, but not the college foreign language requirement. 11. Introduction to G erman Literature (19th and 20th Centuries). A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama from the German Romantics to Kafka. Discussion, papers. N ot a survey course. Prerequisite: German 4A or its equivalent. 140 12. Introduction to G erman Literature (G oethe and his A g e ). A study o f works by Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller. Discussion, papers. N ot a survey course. Prerequisite: German 4A or its equivalent. 14. G oethes Faust, Erster und Z weiter T eii.. A n intensive study o f Faust, I and II. Faust, Part One. Also for students w ho only know 15. D ie D eutsche Romantik .* 16. D ie D eutsche N ovelle Seit G oethe.* 17. M oderne D eutsche Literatur. A study o f leading German writers o f the twentieth century, including Haupt­ mann, Thomas Mann, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Kafka. 18. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .* 20. D ie D eutsche K omodie.* 21. K afka und Brecht. A study o f the principal works o f each author with stress on the interpretation o f major themes and the examination o f literary craftsmanship. Includes con­ sideration o f the cultural and social environment in which the works were written. 30. H erman H esse. Half-course A study o f the central themes and the development o f narrative technique in Hesse’s novels. W orks to be examined w ill include: Knulp, Demian, Siddhartha, D er Steppenwolf, and D ie Morgenlandfahrt. Prerequisite: German 11 or 12, or SAT score o f 650. Primarily for freshmen and sophomores; meets 11/2 class hours per week. 50-51. Colloquium . Offered from time to time in response to student and faculty interests. Devoted to an intensive examination o f subjects or topics not covered in the regular program. Enrollment is limited and subject to departmental approval. 52. Special T opics. In 1968-69, taught as a combined course for all departmental majors. the description which appears under French 52. H onors Se m See in a r s (A lso open to advanced students in Course) 103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklaerung . A study o f German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth cen­ turies. The lyric poetry o f the period, the mysticism o f Angelus Silesius and Jakob Bohme, the plays o f Gryphius, and the prose o f Grimmelshausen; a study o f Lessing. 104. G oethe . Goethe’s most significant works and his role in German intellectual history will be studied. * Also taught as seminars. 141 105. D ie D eutsche Romantik . Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thinking, and the arts o f the first third o f the nineteenth century. Authors: Hölderlin, Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano, Eichendorff. 106. "B iedermeier” und "R ealismus.” Studies in the works or Grillparzer, Mörike, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, and Storm. Emphasis on the novelle. 107. M oderne Prosa. The emergence o f modern trends as reflected primarily in the prose works o f Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, D öblin and Grass. 108. D as D eutsche D rama . Representative examples o f the dramatic genre in German literature from the end o f the 18th century to the present. 109. D ie D eutsche K omödie. Outstanding comedies from Goethe to the present time w ill be studied in their own right, as examples o f the genre, and as illustrations o f German intellectual history. 110. D ie D eutsche N ovelle . A study o f significant examples o f this typically German genre. Authors: Goethe, Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, Storm, Thomas Mann, and contemporary writers. 111. D ie D eutsche Lyrik . A study o f selected examples o f German poetry. and content. 112. M odernes D rama und Lyrik des X X . The interrelation o f form Jahrhunderts. The emergence o f modern trends as reflected primarily in the poetic and dramatic works o f Hauptmann, George, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Trakl, Stern­ heim, Benn and Brecht. Russian Russian may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors. Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s: Required: Russian 11, 12 and 13, or evidence o f equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. N ote : N ot all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in Russian should plan their program in consultation with the Department. C ourses N ote : See the explanatory note on language courses numbered 1 through 4 in the introductory departmental statement. 1-2. Eirst-Y ear Russian. Year course For students w ho begin Russian in college. Equivalent to two years of Russian in secondary school. Normally follow ed by Russian 3, 4; emphasis on fundamentals o f grammar; readings in literary and expository prose. 1 42 IB, 2B, 3B. First-Y ear Russian (Intensive Course). For students w ho begin Russian in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice and readings in literary and expository prose. Classes and drill ses­ sions meet seven and one-half hours per week. Periodic language laboratory attendance required. Each semester carries one and one-half credits; three semesters o f work satisfy the language requirement and prerequisites for intermediate and advanced courses in literature taught in Russian. Recom­ mended for students w ho want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge o f Russian w ho are considering majoring in Russian. Admission contingent upon satisfactory scores in the Modern Lan­ guage Aptitude test or special permission. Normally follow ed by Russian 6 and 12. 3, 4. Second-Y ear Russian. For students w ho have completed Russian 1-2 or the equivalent as determined by departmental testing. See Section a of the explanatory note on language courses in the introductory departmental statement Normally a terminal course designed to meet the language requirement but exceptionally qualified students may, with permission, take an appropriate sequential course. Students w ho complete Russian 4 during the academic year 1968-69 may freely elect to continue in sections o f 11 or 12. 5, 6. A dvanced Russian. For majors and those primarily interested in perfecting their command of language. Advanced conversation, composition, translation and stylistics. Read­ ings o f dramas and newspapers. Conducted in Russian. 11. Introduction to Literature. Classical poetry and short-prose fiction from the end o f the eighteenth century to 1880. Emphasis on the poetic works o f Pushkin, Lermontov, Tiutchev, Fet Nekrasov and the short works o f Pushkin, G ogol, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. Conducted in Russian with intensive work in translation and composition. 12. Introduction to Literature. The modern short story and innovations in poetry from 1880 to the present. Particular emphasis on Chekhov, Bunin, Babel, Solzhenitsyn, Kazakov and Aksenov and the major twentieth century poets. Conducted in Russian with oral reports and intensive work in composition. 13. Russian N ovel. Lectures and reading in English. The Russian majors w ill be required to read a part o f the material in Russian. 52. Special T opics. In 1968-69 taught as a combined course for all departmental majors. the description which appears under French 52. H onors Seminars (O pen to majors in Course.) 101. T olstoy. 102. Chekhov 103. Pushkin and and G orky . Lermontov . 104. D ostoevsky. 105. Literature of the Soviet Period. 143 See Spanish Spanish may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors. Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s: Required: Spanish 11, 12. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral honors examination in Spanish. N ote : N ot all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in Spanish should plan their program in consultation with the department. C ourses 1A-2A. First-Y ear Spanish . Year course For students w ho begin Spanish in college and for those who have had only one year in high school. Equivalent to two years o f Spanish in high school. See Section b o f the Explanatory N ote on language courses in the intro­ ductory departmental statement. N o credit is given for Spanish l A alone. Followed by Spanish 3A, 4A. 3A, 4A. Second-Y ear Spanish . For students who have completed Spanish 1A-2A or the equivalent as de­ termined by departmental testing. See section b o f the Explanatory N ote on language courses in the introductory departmental statement. Completion of 4 A satisfies the language requirement and the prerequisites for intermediate courses in Spanish, i.e., Spanish 9, 11 or 12. 9. A dvanced Composition and D iction . For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis is not primarily literary. A n effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve self-expression in the language both oral and written. 11, 12. I ntroduction to Spanish Literature. Representative texts o f modern Spanish and Latin American writers. ducted in Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish. Con­ 13. El T eatro M oderno. Plays o f the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana . Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Yáñez in Mexico. 15,16. Las O bras D e Cervantes. Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. ( A year course giving a thorough study o f Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.) 17. La Poesía En El Siglo X X . A study o f the major poets o f Spain and Latin-America since modernismo. 18. La N ovela En El Siglo X X . A study o f the major novelists since the Spanish Civil W ar. 19. Poesía, T eatro Y N ovela D el Siglo D e O ro . Representative authors o f the Siglo de Oro, excluding Cervantes. 144 22. La N ovela en el Siglo X I X . ¡j Realism and Naturalism in nineteenth century prose fiction. W orks by Alarcon, Valera, Pérez Galdós, Pardo Bazán, Clarín, Blasco Ibáñez and others. 52. Special T opics for Senior M ajors. In 1968-69, taught as a combined course for all departmental majors. the description which appear* under French 52. See H o n o r s Se m in a r s 101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana . 102. La N ovela En El Siglo X X . 103. Las O bras D e C ervantes. 104. El T eatro M oderno. 105. Poesía, T eatro Y N ovela D el Siglo D e O ro. 106. La Poesía En El Siglo X X . 107. La Literatura D e La Edad M edia. N ote : Some seminars treat the same subject as the courses, but readings re­ quired in both the tests and critical material is more extensive. The work o f a seminar corresponds to that o f two courses. 1 45 MUSIC A ssociate Professors: Claudio Spies Peter G ram Swing , Chairm an Instructor : James D. Freeman L ecturer : Paul Lansky A ssociates in Performance : G ilbert K alish R obert Smart Paul Z ukofsky The study o f music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the under­ standing o f music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses and seminars train the student to work with musical materials, to understand modes o f organization in compositions, and to evolve methods ,of musical analysis. History courses and seminars introduce students to methods o f studying the development of musical styles and genres, and the relationship o f music to other arts and areas of thought. Performance is assumed as part o f the training in understanding music and is included in classroom work. T he Department also encourages its students to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in the orchestra, chorus and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The Department administers scholarships to assist music majors w ho are talented instrumentalist or singers finance the cost o f private instruction. Members also coach individual performers and chamber music groups organized by the students for Bond concerts and other public performances. Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College with a major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission from the Depart­ ment and the Dean, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus reducing the normal number o f courses to be taken per semester. R equirements for M ajors and M inors T w o semester courses in theory are prerequisite for acceptance as a major. Majors w ill normally take six semester courses (including Music 61-62) in theory, four semester courses (including Music 15, 16) in history and meet the basic piano requirement. Majors in H onors: A student intending to major in Honors should plan to take Music 11-12, 13-14 and 15, 16 (o r the equivalent) in the first two years. If he takes all three courses he w ill stand for three papers in music. If he is excused from one o f the three introductory courses (by demonstrating competence on an examination given by the Department) he can elect to stand for four papers in music. H e w ill take Music 61-62 preferably in the junior year in preparation for a paper on the material covered. Minors in H onors: A minor in Honors w ill normally stand for two papers in music. Music 15 or 16 and a full course in Theory, is prerequisite for History seminars. Music 1 may, with permission o f the department, be substituted for the Theory course. Language Requirements fo r Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work in music requires a reading knowledge o f French and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology. Proficiency on an instrument: A ll majors in music w ill be expected to play a keyboard instrument well enough to perform at sight a two-part invention of 146 J. S. Bach and a first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores, also vocal music in four clefs, and realize figured basses. Students with exceptional proficiency in an instrument other than the piano, or in singing, w ill not be expected to meet the performing standards o f pianists. T he basic piano program: This program is designed to develop keyboard pro­ ficiency to a point where a student can effectively use the piano as a tool for study, also to help students meet the keyboard requirements outlined above. There are two classes, one for beginning students, one for advanced students, each meeting two hours a week. These classes are open to freshmen and sophomores planning to major in music. N o academic credit is given specifically for basic piano, the classes being, in effect, laboratories for courses. Credit for Performance A student w ho has taken Music 1, or Music 11-12 (o r w ho has equivalent prior training) has the option to receive credit for: ( 1 ) study o f an instrument or voice, ( 2 ) participation in the Department’ s chamber music coaching program, (3 ) participation in the Swarthmore College Orchestra, ( 4 ) participation in the Swarthmore College Chorus. The amount o f credit received w ill normally be a half-course in any one semester, and w ill generally be granted only to students participating for a full year in a particular activity. Students applying for credit will be given an audition at the beginning o f the semester and w ill fulfill re­ quirements established for each activity, i.e. regular attendance at rehearsals and performances and participation in any supplementary classes held in connection with the activity. Students w ill be graded on a pass-fail basis. A student applying for credit for study o f an instrument or voice w ill first dem­ onstrate to the Department his ability to undertake such study at least at an intermediate level. H e w ill arrange to work with a teacher o f his Choice, subject to approval o f the Department. The Department w ill then supervise the course of study in any semester for which credit is to be given. T he teacher w ill submit a written report o f the student’s work at the close o f the semester to be used by the Department in making its evaluation. The Department may use public performance or a final audition as additional evidence for evaluating work. The College does not undertake to pay for instruction; the student is expected to make his own financial arrangements directly with the teacher. Courses and Seminars N ote : A ll seminars are open to qualified course students for double credit. 1. Introduction to M usic. Mr. Swing. Mr. Freeman. Pall semester Spring semester A course combining study o f the materials o f music (including fundamentals) with training in listening and analysis. Students w ill work with a selected repertory o f compositions from different eras. The course assumes no prior training in music. Open to all students. (M usic l cannot be counted in a major program) Theory and Composition H -1 2 . H arm ony . Mr. Lansky. Year course A course in elementary Harmony. Emphasis w ill be placed on written exercises along with ear-training, dictation and keyboard harmony. Frequent reference w ill be made to a variety o f keyboard and chamber compositions which will be carefully analyzed. 147 13-14. Counterpoint . Mr. Spies. Year course A course in strict counterpoint involving the five species, and some mixtures, in two, three and four-part writing. Students w ill be required to submit exercises regularly. N ote : Music 11-12 and 13-14 can be taken concurrently. 6 1-62. Intermediate T heory . M r. Lansky. Fall semester Spring semester Mr. Spies. A continuation o f Music 11-12 and 13-14 covering specialized areas of harmony, counterpoint and analysis. Prerequisites: Music 11-12, Music 13-14 (o r the equivalent). H o n o r s Se m i n a r s 163. A dvanced T heory . Mr. Spies. 181. Composition . Mr. Spies. Offered as a tutorial to qualified students. Prerequisite: Music 61-62. History of Music 15. Introduction to the H istory of M usic. Mr. Swing. Spring semester The history o f music in Western civilization from the M iddle Ages to 1750. Prerequisite: Music 1 (o r the equivalent). 16. Introduction to the H istory of M usic. Mr. Freeman. Fall semester A continuation o f Music 15 covering the period from 1750 to the present. Prerequisite: Music 1 (o r the equivalent). 22. Contemporary M usic. Mr. Spies. A n examination o f a selected group o f compositions. Rather than attempt a survey based on stylistic considerations, or on aesthetic evaluation, the course w ill deal with the analysis o f individual solutions to common com­ positional problems. Prerequisite: Music 11-12, (o r 13-14). 23. Contemporary O pera . Mr. Spies. Fall semester A comparative study o f five operas: Berg’s W ozzeck and Lulu, Schoenberg’s M oses und Aron and V on H eute auf M orgen, and Stravinsky’s T he Rake’ s Progress. A reading knowledge o f German is recommended. Prerequisite: Music 11-12, (o r 13-14). 27. J. S. Bach . Mr. Swing. A study o f representative compositions (including the Mass in B minor and the Passion according to St. M atthew) coordinated with readings in primary and secondary sources. A reading knowledge o f German is desirable, but not essential. Prerequisite: Music 1, (o r 11-12). 40. A nalysis, R esearch, Performance. Mr. Freeman and Mr. Swing. Fall semester An examination o f the relevances o f analytical and historical research to intelligent performance through study o f selected compositions. Ability to perform instrumentally or vocally is required, though it need not have reached an exceptionally skilled level. Prerequisite: Music 11-12, (o r 13-14), or Music 1 plus a course in Music History. 41. A nalysis, R esearch, Performance. A continuation o f Music 40 with different content. 148 H o n o r s Se m in a r s 122. Studies in T wentieth C entury M usic. Mr. Spies. Prerequisite: Music 11-12 and 13-14. 128. W . A . M ozart . Mr. Swing. A study o f representative works in the light o f modern style criticism. reading knowledge o f French or German is desirable. A 132. H istory of the String Q uartet. Mr. Swing. This seminar traces the development o f the string quartet from the middle o f the 18th century to the present through study o f selected quartets by Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Brahms, Bartók, Schoenberg, W ebern, and Carter. 151. M edieval and Renaissance M usic. Mr. Swing. An introduction to the study o f music from the 9th century to the middle o f the 16th century. Emphasis w ill be placed on analysis o f selected com­ positions, related problems in performance practice, the function o f music in the Catholic liturgy and the relationship o f music to the thought and art of the times. 152. M u sic in the Baroque Era. Mr. Freeman. Spring semester A continuation o f Music 151. The emergence o f opera, oratorio and cantata in Italy and their dissemination over the Continent; the development of idiomatic instrumental music. 191. T utorial. Staff. 149 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION P rofessors: M onroe C. B eard sley Jo h n M . M V i s it in g A s s o c ia t e oore P r o f e s s o r : Ed w i n B . A Professors: D a n ie l l l a ir e Bennett P. L i n w o o d U r b a n , J r ., A cting Chairman A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : Pa t r ic k H ans O H enry, b e r d ie k III J C harles Raff R i c h a r d Sc h u l d e n f r e i In s t r u c t o r : U w e H enke L e c t u r e r : G i l m o r e St o t T Philosophy The study o f philosophy consists in attempts to resolve problems that arise when one reflects on scientific and common-sense views o f man and the world; the varieties o f human experience; the extent and nature o f human knowledge; and certain social, political and moral questions which are o f current concern. Completion o f tw o semester courses in philosophy is normally requisite for ad­ mission to the department as a major in Course or Honors. Philosophy majors are normally required to complete at least one course or its equivalent in the fields of Logic, History o f Ancient and Modern Philosophy, and Moral or Social Philosophy. In addition, philosophy majors normally are required to elect course 52 in their senior year. Majors are encouraged to submit a thesis. 1. Introduction to Philosophy . The staff. Each semester Methods o f philosophical investigation are introduced through discussion of typical philosophical problems, such as: the problem o f freedom, the argu­ ments for the existence o f G od, the nature o f logic and mathematics, the sources and limits o f human knowledge, the justification o f moral judgments. Readings include classical and current sources. N ote : Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite for all other philosophy courses except Logic. 11. Ethics. M r. Stott. Each semester A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works o f leading ethical philosophers, both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations o f the major theories. 12. Logic. Mr. Henke. Spring semester A n introduction to the principles o f deductive logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and semantic aspects o f logical systems. Topics include the notions o f logical truth, logical consequence, and proof. Some attention is given to the development o f axiomatic theories and selected topics in the philosophy o f logic. t Absent on leave, 196 8-69. 150 13. Selected M odern Philosophers. Mr. Allaire. Spring semester A history o f modern philosophy is presented through the metaphysical and epistemological problems common to Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant. One or more of these philosophers may, be selected for separate, detailed examination. 14. A ncient Philosophy . Mr. Henke. Fall semester The philosophy o f Plato and Aristotle is emphasized together with treatment o f the pre-Socratics as background. Primary attention is given to metaphysical and epistemological issues. 15. Philosophy of Science. Mr. Schuldenfrei. Fall semester The focus o f the course is on recent systematic attempts to solve certain major and related problems concerning science. Am ong these problems are dis­ tinguishing scientific from non-scientific bases for the acceptance or rejection o f claims, determining the proper field for scientific inquiry, and determining the foundation o f scientific knowledge. 16. P hilosophy of R eligion. Mr. M oore. Spring semester See Religion 16. 17. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley. Fall semester A study o f some problems that arise in describing, interpreting, and evaluating aesthetic objects, including literature, music and fine arts. Am ong these prob­ lems are the clarification o f such terms as "form ,” "style,” and "meaning,” an examination o f current attempts to subsume aesthetic objects under the general theory o f signs, and the analysis o f the reasoning by which value judgments about aesthetic objects are supported and defended. 18. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. Mr. Beardsley. Spring semester Philosophical problems that arise in the application o f scientific methods to human behavior; i.e., problems concerning concepts, laws, theories, values, explanation and prediction in the social sciences and history; and the dif­ ferences and similarities between social and natural science. 19. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban. Fall semester See Religion 19. 20. Religion, Existentialism and A nalytical Philosophy . Mr. Urban. Spring semester See Religion 20. 21. Social and Political Philosophy . Mr. Bennett. Fall semester A n analysis o f conceptual and moral problems that socio-political life poses for many. Am ong the problems studied are the relation of ethics to political/ social philosophy; the justification o f democracy; the nature and basis of political obligation, political freedom, equality, rights, justice, and social institutions. 22. Philosophy in A merica. Mr. Oberdiek. Spring semester A critical examination o f thinkers representative of the major philosophic traditions in America, with special emphasis on Peirce, James, and Dewey. The primary aim is to understand and evaluate the philosophic worth o f their views; some attention is also given to their relation to American culture. N ot offered in 1968-69. 23. Contemporary Philosophy . Mr. Raff. Fall semester A study o f current attempts to resolve fundamental philosophical issues. Readings include articles and books by major 20th century philosophers, such as G. E. M oore, Bertrand Russell, and Ludwig Wittgenstein. 1 51 24. T heory of K nowledge. Mr. Allaire. Fall semester Current epistemological issues and some metaphysical issues which underlie them are treated in detail. Readings include classical and current sources. 25. A dvanced Logic. Mr. Henke. Spring semester Topics include selected problems in deductive logic, detailed development of principles o f inductive logic and the logic o f decision. 26. Philosophy of Language. Fall semester Topics include the role o f investigation o f natural and artificial languages in the solution o f philosophical problems; investigation into the conceptual framework necessary to any adequate theory o f ordinary language; relationships between natural and formal languages; recent attempts to found linguistics on a scientific basis. N o t offered in 1968-69. 27. M etaphysics. Mr. Bennett. Spring semester The classical topics o f metaphysics, addressed as ¿urrent philosophical issues. 50. D irected Reading. The staff. Each semester 51. T hesis. The staff. Each semester 52. Senior Conference . Mr. Schuldenfrei. Spring semester H onors Seminars 101. M oral Philosophy . Mr. Oberdiek. Fall semester A n examination o f the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and o f their justification; o f the concepts o f justice and human rights; o f the implications for ethics o f different theories about the freedom o f the will. W orks o f representative theorists, both classical and contemporary, w ill be read. N ot offered in 1968-69. 102. A ncient Philosophy . Mr. Henke. Fall semester The development o f Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science, with special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing the emergence o f distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the relation o f these methods to contemporary techniques. 103. M odern Philosophy . M r. Raff. Fall semester Metaphysical and epistemological problems about the nature o f minds and bodies, the varieties o f knowledge and freedom, are approached through the philosophical systems of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Reid, Kant. 104. Contemporary Philosophy . Mr. Raff. Spring semester Some current philosophical problems are investigated in light o f the work o f Bradley, M oore, Wittgenstein, and the most recent contributions. 105. Philosophy of Science. Mr. Schuldenfrei. Spring semester A consideration o f the nature o f scientific inquiry through a study o f its fundamental concepts, among them theory, evidence, explanation, causation, induction. Emphasis w ill also be given to the distinctions between empirical and non-empirical science and between scientific and non-scientific inquiry. 106. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley. Spring semester A systematic examination o f the philosophy o f art and the methodological foundations o f criticism. (See course 1 7 ). Recommended for students of literature, music and the fine arts. 152 107. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. Mr. Beardsley. Fall semester Philosophical problems that arise in the application o f scientific methods to human behavior (see Course 1 8 ). The discussion w ill focus on the nature o f human action. 108A. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Schuldenfrei. Fall semester A n examination o f symbolic logic as ( 1 ) the theory o f inference, ( 2 ) a tool o f analysis, and ( 3 ) a foundation for mathematics. Emphasis w ill be placed on the fundamental concepts (e.g., the axiomatic method, consistency, decid­ ability), major theorems (completeness and incompleteness), and problems o f the foundation of logic. (N ote: 108B. Students w ho have taken 108B may not take this seminar.) Foundations and Philosophy of M athematics. Mr. Schuldenfrei and Mr. di Franco. This seminar w ill begin with a brief survey o f the major results in founda­ tions o f mathematics: axiomatic development o f symbolic logic and set theory, G odel incompleteness theorem, consistency and independence o f the axiom o f choice and the continuum hypothesis. This w ill be follow ed by a comparison o f the logicist, formalist and intuitionist views o f the foundations o f mathe­ matics. (N o te : This seminar is offered jointly by the Departments o f Philosophy and Mathematics. Students w ho have taken 108A may not take this seminar.) Prerequisites: one course in philosophy and Mathematics 14 or equivalent work with axiomatic mathematics. N ot offered in 1968-69- 109. M etaphysics. Mr. Bennett. Fall semester Some current metaphysical problems are selected for detailed investigation. 110. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban. Fall semester See Religion 110. 111. Philosophy of Religion. Mr. Bennett. Spring semester Current techniques o f philosophical analysis are brought to bear on the philosophical issues raised by religious belief and experience. 112. Philosophy of M ind. Mr. Allaire. Spring semester The nature and variety of experience is examined with an end to discovering what is peculiar to human experience and to the objects o f human experience, the nature o f judgment and o f persons, the relations between minds and bodies. 120. T hesis. A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place o f one Honors paper, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the department. Religion The academic discipline o f religion consists o f several methodologies applied to a broad subject matter. Understanding o f religion is achieved by philosophical, historical, literary, and sociological analysis o f religious experience, thought, texts, rites and ceremonies, institutions. Department offerings are designed to provide illustrations o f the various ways in which religion can be studied in an academic setting. Any course numbered 3 through 6 may be taken as an introduction to the field, and successful completion o f one o f these w ill normally be required for admission to 153 courses numbered 11 and above. The normal prerequisite for religion as a Course major, or an Honors major or minor, w ill be completion o f two courses. For ad­ vanced work in some areas o f religion, foreign language facility w ill be very useful, especially French and German. For advanced work in biblical studies and early Christian history, knowledge o f one o f the ancient languages— Greek, Latin, Hebrew — w ould also be useful. W h ile the department itself intends to provide a good introduction to the study o f religion and a chance for some advanced work as well, the attention o f majors is also called to relevant offerings in the departments o f philosophy, history, sociology and anthropology, and fine arts, and to courses reflecting other scholarly specialties in departments o f religion at neighboring institutions, particularly the University of Pennsylvania and Haverford College. 3. Introduction to the O ld T estament. Mr. Henry. Fall semester The literature and history of the people o f Israel. Early traditions, the law and the prophets, the emergence o f Judaism. Primary emphasis w ill be on developing familiarity with the text. 4. Introduction to the N ew T estament . Mr. Henry. Spring semester The literature and history o f early Christianity. The formation o f the gospels, the life and teachings o f Jesus, the Christian movement in the apostolic age, with special attention to the theology o f Paul. Primary emphasis w ill be on developing familiarity with the text. 3. H istory of Religions. Mr. M oore. Fall semester A n historical and comparative study o f the w orld’ s religions: primitive re­ ligions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. Stress w ill be placed upon the ethical and philosophical teaching o f these religions and their role in the interaction o f modern cultures. Comparisons and con­ trasts w ill be made between these religions and Judaism and Christianity. 6. Problems of Religious T hought . Mr. Urban. Each semester The purpose o f this course is to study various answers to the chief religious problems o f the 20th century. Problems include: faith and reason, the existence o f G od, religion and morality, science and religion, and the prob­ lem o f evil. Answers include those given by Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Soren Kierkegaard, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich and others. The student is encouraged to find his own answers and to work out his ow n religious beliefs. This course was formerly listed as Problems o f Christianity Today. 11. H istory of Christianity to the Fifth C entury . Mr. Henry. Fall semester The development o f Christian thought and institutions from the end o f the first century to the Council o f Chalcedon (A .D . 4 5 1 ). Subjects covered will include major thinkers, doctrinal development and dogmatic definition, heresy, church and empire, ecclesiastical organization, sacraments, councils, beginnings o f monasticism. 12. Christianity Since the R eformation . Mr. Henry. Spring semester Each year this course is offered it w ill view the major developments in Christianity since the 16th century from a particular perspective. For 1969-70 the perspective w ill be that o f the history o f Roman Catholicism from the Council o f Trent to the Second Vatican Council. N o t offered in 1968-69. 16. Philosophy of Religion. Mr. M oore. Spring semester The nature o f religion; the psychology and interpretation o f religious ex­ perience; the problem o f religious knowledge; thè validity and difficulties of Christian theology and ethics! (A lso listed as Philosophy 16.) 154 18. T he Reformation . Mr. Urban. Spring semester A study o f the rise and development o f the Protestant Reformation during the 16th century; its history and thought with special attention to the work and thought o f Luther and Calvin. 19. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban. Fall semester Philosophical thought from Augustine to the 15th century. Attention w ill be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the primary emphasis w ill be historical, attention w ill be given to the con­ temporary relevance of medieval thought. (A lso listed as Philosophy 19.) 20. Religion, Existentialism , A nalytical Philosophy . Mr. Urban. and A study o f the tw o most influential philosophical movements o f the 20th century and their impact on religious thought. A m ong analytical philosophers attention w ill be given to the writings o f R. B. Braithwaite, R. M . Hare, John Hick, Alasdair MacIntyre and John W isdom . Am ong existentialists the writings o f Rudolph Bultmann, Martin Heidegger, John Macquarrie and Paul Tillich w ill be read. Lectures, discussion and reports. (A lso listed as Philosophy 20.) N ot offered in 1968-69. 21. Studies in O ld T estament . Mr. Henry. A n advanced course in some special topic in O ld Testament, which may vary from year to year. N ot offered in 1968-69. 22. Studies in N ew T estament . Mr. Henry. Spring semester A n advanced course in some special subject in N ew Testament, which may vary from year to year. Subject for 1968-69: Luke-Acts as a source for Christian history in the apostolic age. 23. Studies in H istory of Christianity . Mr. Henry. A n advanced course in some special topic in history o f Christianity, which may vary from year to year. Probable subject for 1969-70: The Era of Justinian (6th century). N ot offered in 1968-69. 24. Studies in H istory of Religions. Mr. M oore. A n advanced course in some special area o f history o f religions. N ot offered in 1968-69. 25. R eligious Classics. Mr. Urban. Spring semester A n advanced course in the study o f one or two great religious thinkers. Sub­ ject for 1968-69: Martin Buber. H istory 37. A merican Religious T hought . Mr. Tolies. Spring semester The course o f religious thought in the colonies and the United States, with appropriate reference to general intellectual history and American church history. H istory 38. Q uakerism. Mr. Tolies. The history o f the Society o f Friends to the present day. The characteristic religious and social ideas o f the Quakers are considered in their historical setting. N ot offered in 1968-69. 1 55 51. Special T opics. From time to time special topics may be offered as courses at the discretion o f the faculty or as a result o f sufficient student interest. 52. T hesis. Majors in religion are strongly encouraged to write a thesis as a part of their program. 53. D irected Reading. 54. Senior Conference . Mr. Urban, Mr. M oore and Mr. Henry. Spring semester A colloquium for majors in the second semester o f the senior year. The conference is not designed specifically for preparation for the comprehen­ sive examination; rather, opportunity w ill be given for discussion o f topics of interest to members o f the colloquium. H o n o r s Se m i n a r s 101. T he O ld T estament. Mr. Henry. Spring semester A general introduction to major issues in O ld Testament interpretation, follow ed by detailed investigations o f particular subjects, chosen as far as possible on the basis o f an individual student’ s interests, and leading to the production o f a substantial research paper. Discussions are designed to fa­ miliarize the entire seminar with each student’s special project. N o t offered in 1968-69. 102. T he N ew T estament. Mr. Henry. Spring semester The N ew Testament dealt with according to the format outlined for the O ld Testament in Religion 101. 103. Early Christianity. Mr. Henry. Vail semester A study o f the development o f Christian thought and institutions from the end o f the first century to the Council o f Chalcedon (A .D . 4 5 1 ). Specific subjects covered w ill depend on the students’ interests. Am ong topics which might be considered are church and empire, missionary expansion, episcopacy, sacraments and liturgy, councils, doctrinal development and dogmatic defini­ tion, heresy, beginnings o f monasticism. Greek and/or Latin, as well as French and German, w hile not required, can be employed extensively. N ot offered in 1968-69. 104. Christian D ivisions East and W est. Mr. Henry. Vail semester This seminar is part o f a large project, which is a study o f the doctrinal, cultural, political, and ecclesiastical factors that caused divergence between Greek and Latin Christianity, and led to eventual schism. The specific subject matter w ill vary from year to year. For 1968-69 this seminar w ill deal with Origen and Augustine as sources and illustrations o f the special characteristics o f Greek and Latin theology. 105. T he Idea of G od in "Western T hought . Mr. Urban. Spring semester A n examination w ill be made o f writings which have contributed most to Western concepts o f G od. The study w ill include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Athanasius, Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher, Rudolf Otto, John Baillie and others. 106. Contemporary Religious Philosophers. Mr. Urban. Vail semester The seminar w ill concentrate on representative thinkers and schools o f thought in the present century. These w ill include Karl Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others. N ot offered in 1968-69. 156 110. M edieval Philosophy .. Mr. Urban. Fall semester Philosophical thought from Augustine to the 15th century. Attention w ill be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and Ockham. Although primary emphasis w ill be historical, attention w ill be paid to the contemporary relevance o f medieval thought. (A lso listed as Philosophy 110.) 111. Philosophy of Religion. Mr. Bennett. Spring semester (See Philosophy 111.) 120. T hesis. Honors candidates are strongly urged to write a thesis as preparation for one o f their papers. 157 PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN P r o f e s s o r : E d w i n J. F a u l k n e r D ir e c t o r A A t h l e t ic s of s s o c ia t e and Pro fesso r: W P h y s ic a l il l is Ed u c a t io n A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : L e w is H . E l v e r s o n A s s is t a n t Professor: G o m e r D In s t r u c t o r : D A s s is t a n t s : oug las eam en eiss Ed w a r d H . A y res Ja m e s J. M R obert M J. D . H o f f s t e i n Ja m e s W . N Ja m e s W . L u k e n s , Jr . Jo h n P . U d o v i c h Ja y S. M R ic h a r d W acD ow ell Ph y s ic ia n : D r. r. H M and a v ie s B r o o k e P. C o t t m a n C o l l e g e P h y s ic i a n : D T M. W M for J. St e t s o n o r r is arold cA doo cCoach oyes r ig h t A . B o w ie C. Ro xby The course in M en’s Physical Education is designed to.acquaint each participant with both team and individual sports. The value o f team play is developed while emphasis is also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy after graduation. Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise, also becomes better acquainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., o f the various sports and so is better able to enjoy these activities as a spectator. The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules in eleven different sports. In many o f these activities there are contests arranged fo r junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of men to engage in intercollegiate competition. Fa c u l t y R e q u ir e m e n t s Physical education is required o f all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores unless excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students must attend a minimum o f three classes per week. A ll men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this requirement. A semester’ s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the Junior year. N o man with a deficiency in physical education is permitted to enter his Senior year. Fa l l A Adapted Physical Education fAquatics t Archery Badminton * Cross Country c t iv it ie s fF olk Dance * Football tG o lf fM odern Dance * * Soccer* * Intercollegiate competition only. ** Intercollegiate competition and course instruction, t Some co-ed sections. 158 t Tennis Touch Football Track W i n t e r I a n d I I A c t iv it ie s Adapted Physical Education tAquatics fBadminton ** Basketball fF olk Dance •¡■Modern Dance * Swimming tTennis Sp r i n g A Adapted Physical Education fAquatics ♦Baseball ♦♦tG olf * t Volleyball W eight Training ** Wrestling c t iv it ie s ♦Lacrosse fM odern Dance Softball * Intercollegiate competition only. ** Intercollegiate competition and course instruction, t Some co-ed sections. ♦♦fTennis ♦♦Track fVolleyball PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN A ssociate Professors: Eleanor K. H ess, C hairm an Irene M oll A ssistant Professor: M ary A n n Y oung Lecturers : Patricia Boyer Janice Fellman College Physician : D r . M orris A. B owie The aim o f the Department is to contribute to the education o f all women students through the medium o f physical activity. W e believe this contribution can best be achieved through participation in a broad program o f sports, dance and developmental activities. The program provides: instruction and experience in sports and dancing; swimming instruction on all levels; corrective and develop­ mental exercises. It is our hope that the student w ill also acquire: appreciation of the dance as an art form ; good sportsmanship; added endurance ; good posture; leadership training; joy in outdoor exercise; and a program o f interests and skills that w ill carry over for her after college, so she may become a useful part o f her community. Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped where possible according to ability. Am ple opportunities are given for intramural and intercollegiate competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations. Freshmen and sophomores take three periods o f activity each week. These may be elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming until a test is passed; take a dance activity; take a team sport; take an individual sport; and take developmental gymnastics if the posture grade or motor skill test indicates a need fo r it. In addition to the departmental requirements, the faculty regulations state the follow ing: " I f any semester’ s work o f the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the junior year. N o student shall be permitted to enter her senior year with a deficiency in physical education.” Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this purpose w ill be sent out from the Office o f the Dean to all incoming students. A ctivities Fall and Spring A rchery.* Class and Varsity. W inter Badminton . Class and Varsity. Winter Basketball. Class and Varsity. Winter Bowling . Class. Fall, W in ter and Spring Conditioning Exercises. Winter D evelopmental M ovement . Required o f all first-year students whose posture grade or motor ability test indicates a need for it.* * Co-ed classes. 160 Fencing. Folk and W inter Square D ancing .* Fall, W inter and Spring Class and Performance Group. G olf .* Pall and ¡Spring Class. H ockey. Fall Class and Varsity. Lacrosse. Spring Class and Varsity. M odern D ance .* Fall, W inter and Spring Class and Performance Group. Open to men students. Soccer. W inter Class. Softball. Spring Class and Varsity. Fall, W inter and Spring Sw i m m i n g . Beginning, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes and diving. Class and Varsity. American Red Cross Life Saving and W ater Safety. (U pon successful com­ pletion o f these courses, American Red Cross certificates w ill be awarded.) T ennis. Fall, W inter and Spring Class and Varsity. V olleyball.* Fall and W inter Class and Varsity. W ater Ballet .* Fall and Spring Class and Performance Group. * Co-ed classes. 161 PHYSICS Pro fesso r: W A s s o c ia t e il l ia m C. E l m o r e Professo rs: O l e x a -M y r o n M ark A. H Pa u l C . M A A s s is t a n t lburt Bil a n iu k eald, Chairm an angelsdorf, Jr . f M . R osenberg P r o f e s s o r s : Jo h n R . B o c c io Cyrus D. Ca n tr e ll The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics, endeavors to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well as in the advanced work o f the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition o f facts and skills. The introductory course makes no pretense o f covering all material o f interest to physicists, but rather comprises a selection o f topics which form a coherent group. Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study o f topics covered at the introductory level, and o f many phases o f modern physics which require a considerable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses and seminars particular importance is attached to laboratory work, since physics is primarily an experimental science. Honors candidates taking physics seminars accompanied by laboratory work must submit their laboratory notebooks to the visiting examiners for their inspection. R e q u ir e m e n t s for M and R e c o m m e n d a t io n s ajo r s a n d M in o r s Students w ho intend to major in physics normally take Physics 1, 2 and Chemistry In addition they should complete Mathematics 12 or 16 by the end o f their sophomore year. In view o f graduate school requirements and o f the extensive literature o f physics in German and Russian, it is strongly recommended that the student fulfill bis language requirement in one o f these languages. Satisfactory work in Physics 1, 2 or its equivalent is prerequisite for all further work in the department, and Chemistry 2 or 4 is a prerequisite for Physics 112 and 114. Honors students majoring in physics normally take Physics 102, 106, 112, in that order, and Mathematics 51, 52, and 104. Physics 114 or a second mathematics seminar is encouraged but not required. Other seminars and courses in the program may be chosen to meet the interests- o f the student. Normally a student will present four papers in physics and two in mathematics to the visiting examiners. Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way o f preparing for graduate or other professional work in physics or mathematics. However, it constitutes in itself an effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve an under­ standing o f fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery of information, skills, and techniques in a limited segment o f science. Course students majoring in physics normally complete the follow ing courses in their junior and senior years: Mathematics 51, 52; Chemistry 61, 62; and Physics 51, 52, 54, 71, 72. It is recommended that Physics 60 or additional work in en­ gineering or chemistry be included in the program o f course students who intend to do graduate work in physics. This program provides a well-rounded study of physics, and by requiring less intensive concentration than an honors program offers 1, 2 in the freshman year and Physics 11, 12 in the sophomore year. t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 1 62 the student the opportunity to extend his work outside the Division o f the Natural Sciences. It should also meet the needs o f those who wish to teach science in secondary school. Secondary school sudents w ho are considering majoring in physics at Swarthmore are strongly encouraged to complete four years o f mathematics and a minimum o f two years o f either German or Russian, or French if neither o f these is available. 1, 2. G eneral Physics. Mr. Boccio, Mr. Heald, and Staff. A n introductory course in basic physics. During the first semester special emphasis is placed on mechanics, conservation principles, harmonic motion, wave motion and heat. During the second semester the topics include basic concepts in electricity and :magnetism, direct current circuits, alternating current circuits, optics and modern physics. This course, or its equivalent, must precede any advanced courses or seminars in physics. It is required of most science majors. Three lectures, a conference, and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: First Year Mathematics taken concurrently, or adequate prepara­ tion in mathematics. -7, 8. Concepts and T heories in Physical Science. Mr. Rosenberg. The first semester consists in an analysis o f motion leading to the Newtonian synthesis, the conservation laws o f physics, the development o f an atomic theory o f matter, the periodic table o f elements, and the kinetic theory o f gases. The second semester considers the evolution o f modern physics: physical properties o f light, aspects o f relativity, the wave versus the quantum theory o f light, certain electrical phenomena, atomicity o f charge, Bohr’s model of the atom, radioactivity, elementary particles, the nuclear atom and nuclear energy, stellar energy. This course is designed as a terminal course in physical science to meet the needs o f non-science majors and fulfills the group 1 distribution require­ ment. It is not intended to fulfill the physics requirement o f medical schools, and cannot be used as a prerequisite for further work in the Division o f the Natural Sciences. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. 10. T opics in Biophysics- Mr. Rosenberg. Spring semester Applications o f physical tools and analysis to living systems. Emphasis w ill be at the subcellular level o f integration. The course is intended for physical science, mathematics, and engineering students. Previous biological training is not required. Three lectures per week. In lieu o f laboratory work, visits w ill be made to nearby biophysical laboratories.. 11,12. M echanics and W ave M otion . Mr. Cantrell and Mr. Elmqre. Particle and rigid body mechanics with an introduction to advanced dynamics. Elastic waves and wave motion. Interference and diffraction phenomena. Considerable emphasis is placed on laboratory work, both to illuminate and extend the subject matter, and to foster the students’ ability to work in­ dependently. Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics taken concurrently. 51,52. M odern Physics. Mr. Bilaniuk, Mr. Boccio and Mr. Cantrell. A selection o f topics including special relativity; quantum theory with applications to atomic structure, and solid-state physics; nuclear and highenergy physics. Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly. Open to seniors only. Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics and consent o f the instructor. 1 63 54. T hermal Physics. M r. M angelsdorf. Continuum properties o f matter and o f thermal energy. Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics o f mechanical, chemical, electrical and magnetic systems. Entropy, fluctuation theory, irreversible thermodynamics. Brownian motion, diffusion theory, transport processes. Three lectures and one conference section weekly. N ot offered in 1968-69. Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics. 58. Q uantum M echanics. Spring semester Review o f classical mechanics. The postulates o f quantum mechanics; the Schrodinger equation; the uncertainty principle. Applications to the harmonic oscillator, square w ell potential problems and the hydrogen atom. Perturba­ tion theory; transition probabilities; electron spin and the Pauli exclusion principle; selected applications. This course develops further the concepts and methods o f quantum mechanics, treated at an introductory level in Physics 51. Prerequisite: Physics 51. 60. Special Project . Staff. Laboratory work directed toward the acquisition o f knowledge and skills that w ill be useful in future research. The project w ill involve development o f apparatus and the performance o f an experiment o f contemporary significance in physics. A n oral and written report w ill be presented to the instructor. 61. D irected Reading. Staff. This course is to provide an opportunity for individual students to do special work in fields not covered by the undergraduate courses listed above. W eekly topics and problems w ill be assigned, and the student w ill present oral and written reports to the instructor. 71. Circuit T heory . Mr. McCrumm. Fall semester Transient and steady-state analysis o f electric circuits and networks with emphasis on Laplace and Fourier methods and s-plane interpretation. Net­ work topology, equilibrium equations, theorems, network functions and their properties. Energy in electric networks. Introduction to synthesis. Three ¿lass periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Physics 12. 72. Electromagnetic T heory . Spring semester Application o f M axwell’s equations. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic, dielectric and conducting bodies. Forces, motion and energy storage. Field basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave-guides, transmission lines and antennas. Three class periods and a laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Physics 12. H onors Seminars 102. Electricity and M agnetism . Mr. Heald. Fall semester Classical electrodynamics, covering static and dynamic electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism, with some electronics. Laboratory measurements in direct and alternating currents and in magnetism, together with fundamental experiments in electronics. Prerequisites: Second Year Mathematics, and Physics 11, 12. 164 106. A tomic and N uclear Physics. M r. Bilaniuk. Spring semester Special theory o f relativity. Wave-particle duality. Introduction to wave mechanics, the hydrogen atom, structure and spectra o f many-electron atoms. Elements o f solid state physics. Properties and systematics o f nuclei, nuclear reactions, nuclear forces and models. Introduction to fundamental particles, their symmetries and inter-actions. The accompanying laboratory includes basic experiments in atomic and nuclear physics. Prerequisite: Physics 102, or equivalent preparation in the Honors program in Engineering Sciences. 112. Radiation and Statistical Physics. Mr. Elmore. Fall semester Free and guided electromagnetic waves, with particular emphasis on waves in the microwave, optical, and X -ray regions. The velocity o f electromagnetic waves and the four-vector formulation o f the special theory o f relativity. Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Thermal radiation, and quantum statistics with applications. Accompanied by a full-day laboratory each week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 or 4, and Physics 106. 114. Q uantum M echanics. Mr. Cantrell and Mr. Boecio. Spring semester Advanced classical dynamics. Classical vs. quantum physics, correspondence principle. Heisenberg’s and Schrôdinger’ s versions o f quantum mechanics. Observables and quantum mechanical operators. Eigenfunctions and eigen­ values. Approximation methods. Identical particles and spin. Scattering and the Born approximation. Quantum mechanics o f the nucleon-nucleon interaction and nuclear structure. Accompanied by experimental and computa­ tional projects. Prerequisite: Physics 112. 1 65 POLITICAL SCIENCE Professors: J. Roland Pennock , Chairman Charles E. G ilbert } D avid G. Smith A ssistant Professors: R aymond F. H opkins Robert O. K eohane J Richard W . M ansbach Instructor : Paul Lutzker L ecturers: Frederick A. H argadon N annerl O. H enry Courses and seminars offered by the Political Science Department deal with the place o f politics in society and contribute to an understanding o f the purposes, or­ ganization, and operation o f political institutions, domestic and international. For the beginning student, the Department offers a general introduction to the nature of politics, to its major institutions and moving forces, and to the key concepts of the discipline, follow ed by a more detailed examination o f these elements in a particular institutional setting. In appropriate places throughout the curriculum, attention is focused on problems o f change (evolutionary and revolutionary), freedom and authority, war and peace— and to the development o f political institutions that are responsive to the needs o f our day. For those w ho become majors and for others w ho take additional work in political science, courses are provided that w ill permit giving special attention to political theory, comparative political systems, politics and government in the United States, and international relations. R equirements and R ecommendations for M ajors Political Science 1, follow ed by Political Science 2, 3, or 4, is prerequisite to all other work in the Department, except that students wishing a one semester terminal course providing some knowledge o f and insight into a particular field may take Political Science 2, 3, or 4 without prerequisite. Students w ho intend to major in political science should take the introductory course during the freshman year if possible. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course (Political Science 5 4 ), is required o f all majors. Course majors must take Course 60-61. Program in International R elations Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or more modern languages. Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the programs o f students w ho do their major work in economics, history, political science, or a modern language. Those students w ho wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this exam­ ination should take eight, nine, or ten courses from among those listed below, including all o f those listed in G roup I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. A thesis or other form o f independent work is strongly recomt Absent on leave, 1968-69. 166 mended. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chair­ men o f the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairmanship o f the Department o f Political Science. Group I Political Science 4— International Politics Political Science 13— International Law and Organization Political Science 14— American Foreign Policy Political Science 63— Advanced International Politics Economics 60— International Economics Group II Economics 11— Economic Development History 25— Modern Russia History 30— American Diplomatic History History 40— Africa History 42— The Expansion o f Europe History 44, 45— The Far East History 46— Asian Nationalisms Group III Economics 61— Comparative Economic Systems Political Science 3— Comparative Politics Political Science 18— Politics o f Developing Nations Political Science 19— Comparative Communist Politics Political Science 21— Politics o f Africa Political Science 55— Modern Political Theory Political Science 64— Topics in International Relations Students w ho plan to enter the Honors program w ill find it possible to select a similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f international relations. In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman o f their prospec­ tive major department. C ourses 1. Introduction to Political Science. Staff. F a l l s e m e s te r A study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving forces o f politics, combined with some consideration o f the analytical tools and methods o f the discipline. The works o f major historical figures in the development of political ideas and o f contemporary political scientists w ill be read. Except as noted below, this course is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the Department. Credit is given for this course only when combined with Politi­ cal Science 2, 3, or 4. 2. Policy-M aking in A merica. Staff. S p r i n g s e m e s te r Consideration o f basic elements o f American national politics, and o f ways o f defining and explaining the functions and results o f American politics. M ajor attention w ill be devoted to electoral organizations, voting behavior and opinion formation, legislation and presidential leadership. 3. Comparative Politics. Staff. S p r i n g s e m e s te r An introduction to the theory o f comparative politics, and to the data used in comparing political systems. M ajor attention w ill be given to Great Britain, India, France, and the USSR. The course w ill focus on political culture, the party system, and the legislative and executive institutions o f the central government. 167 Spring semester 4. International Politics. Staff. An introduction to the analysis o f the contemporary international system and its evolution since 1945. The course w ill consider the foreign policies of major powers and their interaction, contemporary forces influencing the nature o f international relations, and the role o f ideologies. Various ap­ proaches to w orld order, such as diplomacy, collective security, disarmament and w orld government w ill be considered. 11. Problems in Community G overnment . Mr. Lutzker. Spring semester The social, economic, and legal setting o f local government. Politics and administration at state and local levels. Problems o f federalism and metro­ politan areas. The course emphasizes special research projects, such as field work in nearby communities. 13. International L aw and O rganization . Mr. Keohane. Alternate years, spring semester A n analysis o f international law and organization in the context o f the inter­ national political system. Special attention w ill be given to the political process o f the United Nations and to its accomplishments, “limitations, and prospects. The course w ill also consider the relations between international politics and international law, and the theory and practice of regionalism. 14. A merican Foreign P olicy. Mr. Keohane or M r. Mansbach. Alternate years, fall semester The problem o f defining the objectives o f American foreign policy and of selecting the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested American strategies in w orld politics; the influence o f internal and external conditions on the making o f foreign policy; the effects o f American policies in crucial areas o f the world. 18. Politics of D eveloping N ations . Mr. Hopkins. Fall semester A n examination o f theories o f political modernization and their various applications to developing societies, including examples from Asia, Africa, and Latin America. A m ong the questions to be studied are the nature and causes o f social change, psychological, sociological, and economic factors affecting political development and the relative role o f leadership, ideology, and social structure in shaping the political process. 19. Comparative Communist Politics. Mr. Hargadon. Spring semester A comparative study o f the political organization o f the Soviet Union, China, and the Eastern European states, with emphasis on the Party structure, state bureaucracy, policy formation, and political communication. 21. Politics of A frica. M r. Hopkins. Spring semester The analysis o f political processes in a variety o f African states, including a brief examination o f traditional systems, the colonial situation and the rise o f independence movements, and an analysis o f contemporary political patterns. 51. P ublic A dministration . M r. Gilbert or Mr. Smith. Alternate years, fall semester A n analysis o f policy-making and administration in modern governments with illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government of the United States and with particular reference to recent developments. Problems o f administrative organization, conduct o f regulatory and mana­ gerial activities, financial administration, personnel, public relations, admin­ istrative law, politics and administration. Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement. 168 Fall semester 52. A merican Constitutional La w . Mr. Smith. The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both historically and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas o f Constitutional development emphasized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial review; federalism and the scope o f national pow er; civil liberties. Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. 53. A merican Party Politics. M r. Lutzker. Alternate years, jail semester A n historical and functional analysis o f American political parties. The study o f interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. 54. Political T heory : P lato to M ontesquieu. Mrs. Henry or Mr. Smith. Fall semester The development o f political thought based on the work o f the chief political philosophers from Plato to Montesquieu. The course w ill consider classical, medieval, and early modern theories concerning: the sources o f authority and obedience; the origins and functioning o f the polity; the role o f law in government; the relationship between the state and the individual; and the character o f the good state. Open to sophomores planning to take the "M odern and Analytical” version o f the Political Theory honors seminar; otherwise to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement. 55. M odern Political T heory . Mrs. Henry or Mr. Smith. Spring semester Political theory from Rousseau to the present. Special attention w ill be given to the development o f liberalism, socialism, democratic theory, and the socio­ logical theories o f politics. Authors studied include Rousseau, Burke, Tocqueville, Marx, and J. S. M ill, as well as other nineteenth- and twentiethcentury authors. 56. Jurisprudence. Mr. Pennock. A study o f the sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological and philo­ sophical approach to legal theory; the nature o f the judicial process; key problems o f jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of American constitutional law. Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement. 59. M arxism . Mr. Smith. H alf course, jail semester A study o f Marxist political theory and philosophy. Primary emphasis is placed on the works o f Marx, Lenin, and M ao Tse-tung. In addition, some attention is devoted to the background o f Marxist thought as well as to influential derivatives o f Marxism other than Communism. Selected examples o f contemporary Marxist theory are also considered. 60-61. Special T opics in Political Science. Mr. Smith. Spring semester This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By means o f papers and assigned readings it covers aspects o f political science not elsewhere intensively developed and helps the students to integrate ma­ terials studied previously. 62. Political Sociology. Mr. Gilbert. Spring semester The relations o f politics to basic social structures, processes, and traditions. Study o f problems, concepts, and theories about politics viewed as human behavior. The specific topics w ill vary from year to year. N ot offered in 1968-69. 169 63. A dvanced International Politics. Mr. Keohane. Alternate years, jail semester A theoretical approach to the abiding and changing patterns o f relations among states and the various factors that affect them, drawing both on classical and contemporary writings. The contemporary international system w ill be subjected to a detailed analysis. Prerequisite: Course 4 or the equivalent. N ot offered in 1968-69. 64. T opics in International Relations. Alternate years, spring semester A n analysis o f certain problems o f international relations chosen by the instructor. Possibilities include: comparative foreign policy, war, inter­ national relations o f developing nations, regionalism. Prerequisite: Course 4 or the equivalent and Course 63. 69. D irected Readings in Political Science. Available on an individual or group basis, subject to the approval o f the Chairman and the Instructor. 70-71. Colloquium . Mr. Pennock. Spring semester Philosophical, legal, and other aspects o f the problem o f privacy in the modern polity. H onors W ork The follow ing seminars prepare for examination for a degree with Honors: 101. (a ) and ( b ) . Political T heory . Mr. Pennock or Mr. Smith. Each semester The nature o f the state, the bases o f political obligation, sovereignty and the nature o f law, liberty, equality, rights, democracy, totalitarianism— all in the light o f the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato to the present. This seminar is given in two versions, one (101a) beginning with Plato and proceeding chronologically, and the other (101b, designated "M odern and Analytical” ) starting with Machiavelli and organized in more topical fashion. Considerable attention is given to modern democratic theory. It is desirable but not required for students planning to take 101b to take Political Science 54 during their sophomore year. 102. Politics and Legislation. Mr. Lutzker. Spring semester The study o f political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis is on American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on politics from the standpoint o f theories o f political democracy. 103. Problems in G overnment and A dministration. Mr. Gilbert or Mr. Smith. Fall semester Problems o f administrative organization, policy-making and responsibility, with primary reference to the United States and to selected fields o f policy. 104. International Politics. Mr. Mansbach. Fall semester A n inquiry into the principles and problems o f international politics, seminar w ill consider theories o f international stability and disorder, relationship between foreign policies and the international system, and proaches to international order such as diplomacy, international law, and lective security. Basic to the analysis w ill be the question: what are causes o f war and the conditions o f peace? Prerequisite: Course 4 or the equivalent. 170 this the ap­ col­ the 105. A merican Foreign Policy. Mr. Mansbach. Spring semester A study o f key problems faced by the United States in the modern world together with a detailed, critical investigation o f the making and implementing o f American foreign policy. The changing assumptions o f our policy and the political, economic, and social influences upon it w ill be carefully considered. 106. Public Law and Jurisprudence. Mr. Pennock. Spring semester Sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and "realistic" approaches to law; key problems o f jurisprudence illustrated by study o f the fields o f federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law. 107. Comparative Communist Politics. Mr. Hargadon. Pall semester A comparative study o f the political organization o f the Soviet Union, China, and the Eastern European states, with emphasis on the Party structure, state bureaucracy, policy formation, and political communication. 108. C o m p a r a t iv e G o v e r n m e n t . Advanced study o f comparative government; governmental structures and political processes largely as exemplified by selected governments o f Western and Eastern Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning, defense, nationalization, and transnational political movements. 109. Political D evelopment. Mr. Hopkins. Spring semester A comparative study o f the politics o f societies undergoing change and modernization. Various theories, approaches, and methods o f explanation are examined and considered in the context o f states in Asia, Africa, the M iddle East and Latin America. 110. U rban Sociology and Politics. Mr. Gilbert and Mr. Van Til. Full semester The impact o f urbanization on contemporary politics and social structure, from the perspectives o f political science and sociology. Emphasis w ill be placed on empirical study o f selected problems such as physical planning, social welfare, and political organization. N ot offered in 1968-69. 129. T hesis. A ll members of the department. Approval must be secured early in the student’ s junior year. 171 PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION Professors: D a v id R o sen h an Jo s e p h B . Sh H A A s s o c ia t e s s is t a n t In W Pro fessor : Jo s e p h rer an d D an e allach Professors: stru c to r Lectu an s Sh , A ctin g Chairman Feld eldon K en n eth G erald D ean : N ir e c t o r R. G L m an ergen Chairman , J e v in Peabody S. ic h o l a s W . B J. T h o m pson e r n h e im o f St u d en t T e a c h in g : A l ic e K. B rodhead The work o f the Department o f Psychology deals with the scientific study of human behavior and experience; the basic processes o f perception, learning, thinking and motivation, and consideration o f their relation to development o f the individual personality; and the social relations o f the individual to other persons and to groups. For those students planning for graduate and professional work in psychology the courses and seminars o f the department are designed to provide a sound basis o f understanding o f psychological principles and a grasp o f research method. Other students learn the nature o f psychological inquiry and the psychologi­ cal approach to various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences and the life sciences. R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R e c o m m e n d a t io n s The course Introduction to Psychology is normally required before advanced work may be taken. However, students whose grades are generally in the honors range and w ho have had significant background in either the natural or social sciences may apply to individual instructors for entrance to courses beyond the elementary level. Majors should include advanced work in two areas o f psychology: (a ) basic processes underlying human and animal behavior, such as perception, learning and motivation; ( b ) human behavior in its social context, such as personality, child psychology, social psychology. Majors in course should take at least two courses and majors in Honors, at least one seminar from each area. It is highly desirable fo r all majors to take at least one course providing them with experience in basic research (e.g. courses with laboratories or Psychology 6 9 ). In addition, all majors in Course are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 64 during the spring semester o f their senior year. This course is especially suited for preparation for the com­ prehensive examinations. Education: Courses in education— 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17 w ill not be credited toward a major in psychology. Education alone may not be elected as a major subject, and not more than four courses in education w ill be accepted for credit toward the bachelor’s degree. $ Absent on leave, 196 8-69. 1 72 Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements in Education for the college provisional certificate for secondary school teachers by taking the four courses: Psychology 3— Introduction to Psychology. Education 11— Educational Psychology Education 14— Introduction to Teaching. Education 16— Student Teaching. plus two out o f three o f the follow ing: Education 12— Principles and Methods o f Secondary Education. Education 15— History o f Education. Education 17— Problems in Urban Education. Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school certificate by taking: Psychology 3— Introduction to Psychology. Psychology 15— Child Psychology. Education 11— Educational Psychology. Education 14— Introduction to Teaching. Education 16— Student Teaching. Psychology 3. Introduction to Psychology. Staff. Fall semester A n introduction to the study o f the behavior and experience o f the individual. The broader significance o f psychology w ill be emphasized. T w o lectures, plus conference hours to be arranged. 12. M otivation . The determination o f behavior by maturation, early experience, deprivation, stimulation, and reward. The concepts o f instinct, homeostasis, drive, reinforce­ ment, arousal, and incentive are analyzed with reference to data drawn largely from animal experimentation. Some reference is made to recent findings in the physiology o f drive and reinforcement. Term paper or an original experi­ ment is required. 13. Statistics for Psychologists. The logic and the application o f standard statistical tests in the analysis of data. Emphasis is placed on the relations between experimental and statistical procedures. N o mathematics required. 14. Learning and Behavior T heory . Mr. Bernheim. Spring semester The experimental analysis o f the major phenomena o f learning and condition­ ing is studied mainly at the animal level. Specific empirical and theoretical issues are considered in detail, and the major theories o f learning are evaluated. The laboratory is designed to acquaint students with the major processes considered. 15. Child Psychology. Mr. Levin. Fall semester Cognitive development, the socialization process, and the influence o f childrearing practices w ill be emphasized. Observing o f preschool children w ill be required. 173 36. Primate Social Behavior. Mr. Thompson. Spring semester A course in seminar format. Students w ill read primarily from original re­ ports o f field studies and laboratory investigations into the social organization and communications systems o f monkeys, apes, and prosimians. 36A. Selected T opics in Comparative Social O rganization Mr. N ovick, Mr. Rawson and M r. Thompson. H alf course, spring semester Evening film and lecture series on the social organization o f various animal species, including man. Films, speakers, readings, and discussions concern­ ing the environmental and structural forces which shape social groups. Designed for students w ho have had, or are taking concurrently, SociologyAnthropology 23, Psychology 36, or Zoology 60. 38. A bnormal Psychology. Mr. Rosenhan. Pall semester Several views o f abnormality are considered, including those that allow con­ ceptions o f normality. Biological and learned bases o f positive and negative abnormality are considered. 41. Comparative Psychology. Mr. Thompson. Pall semester The course considers determinants o f behavior in the individual animal. It w ill explore in detail experimental and field studies o f behavior in a few selected animal species. In each species, the adult behavior o f the individual animal w ill be shown to be the result o f the complex interaction o f genetic, maturational, developmental, and social effects. W eekly laboratory and field work. Sophomores admitted by permission o f the instructor. 42. Physiological Psychology. Mr. Thompson. Spring semester The physiological foundations o f human behavior and its disorders. The course starts with a review o f the anatomy and physiology o f the human nervous system. Each student then prepares and reads a theoretical paper in which he collects, integrates, and interprets the most recent experimental and clinical information on some facet o f the operation o f the nervous system. Tutorial meetings in addition to regular class meetings. Sophomores admitted by permission o f the instructor. 43. Psycholinguistics and Communication . Mr. Feldman. Fall semester A study o f the modes, processes, and effects o f inter-individual communication and o f the problems o f measuring semantic meaning, the psychological as­ pects o f language structure, and the learning thereof. Readings w ill include both theoretical and empirical studies in psychology and linguistics. 45. G roup D ynamics . Mr. Peabody. Fall semester (B y application only.) The course w ill deal with the psychological aspects o f behavior in groups. Issues such as intimacy, solidarity, group problem solving, leadership development, scapegoating, splinter-group formation, and phases o f group development w ill all receive attention. Classroom sessions w ill focus on the ongoing behavior within the group itself. Outside reading and papers w ill be used to illuminate processes within the group and to raise significant theoretical problems. 46. Cognitive Processes. M r. Peabody. Spring semester Centers on those processes the individual uses to understand the' world. Emphasizes those processes used in dealing with people, and their relation to those dealing with impersonal objects. 50. Perception . Mr. W allach. Spring semester Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. The major facts and some problems o f visual perception are outlined and used to acquaint the student with experimental research. 174 52. H uman Learning and T hinking . A n examination o f the phenomena o f association, memory, problem solving, thinking and language. 53. Field W ork in Z oosemiotics. M r. Thompson. H alf course, fall semester A fter a brief review o f the problems encountered in studying an alien com­ munication system, the class w ill plan, execute, interpret, and write up its own investigations o f the communication system o f the common crow. 56. Social Psychology. Mr. Feldman. Vail semester A n examination o f theory and research relevant to the understanding o f social interaction from a psychological viewpoint. Special emphasis w ill be placed on social perception and its distortion, attitude development and change, conformity, the relationship o f personality to social interaction, and social motivation. 57. Psychology A ttitudes. of The course w ill concentrate on topics designed to supplement Psychology 56, Social Psychology, with particular attention to social and political attitudes. 58. Personality. Mr. Rosenhan. Spring semester A n examination o f contrasting theories o f the human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung, Lewin, Rogers and others w ill be discussed, and special attention w ill be given to current empirical work. 62-63. Colloquium in Learning. In consultation with the instructor, students select a problem in the analysis o f learned behavior for study in the laboratory. In weekly class meetings, they discuss the rationale, methods, and results o f their work as it progresses, relating it to the research literature and to general theoretical issues. A paper reviewing the pertinent literature and describing the experimental work is required. Those desiring to enroll must see the instructor before registration; enrollment w ill be limited to eight students. D ouble credit. 64. H istory and Systems of Psychology. Staff. Spring semester. Reading and discussion on a tutorial basis intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psychology and to help majors prepare for comprehensives. Historical treatment w ill concentrate on the major systematic points o f view. Special consideration w ill be given to problems overlapping several areas o f psychology. 67. Social Psychology of Social Issues. A course in seminar format. Students consider the scientific approach to issues o f social significance. Areas such as race relations, international conflict, poverty, urbanism, drugs, and revolution may all be discussed. (Enrollment limited.) 68. T utorial . Staff. Each semester Any student may, with the consent o f a member o f the Department, work under a tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The student is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular interest to him, and in consultation with a faculty member, prepare a reading list and work plan. Tutorial work may include field experience outside Swarthmore. 69. Independent R esearch. Staff. Each semester Students conduct independent research projects. They typically study problems with which they are already familiar from their course work. Students must submit a written report o f their work. Registration for Independent Research requires the sponsorship o f a faculty member w ho agrees to supervise the work. 175 Education 11. Educational Psychology. Mr. Levin. Alternate years The application o f psychology to education. The psychology o f learning and psychometrics w ill be stressed. Projects w ill be required. Prerequisite: 12. Principles Psychology 3. and M ethods of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane. A study o f the principles o f secondary education, with emphasis upon aims and organization. Visits to nearby schools are made. 14. Introduction to T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead. Each semester Current educational theory and practice. W eekly seminar plus three hours a week (term minimum o f 36 hours) assisting in a classroom in the local schools. This course meets the requirement for basic reading instruction. 15. H istory of Education . Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day. W eekly seminar in which members o f the Classics, History, Philosophy and Religion departments participate. 16. Student T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead. Secondary level: In cooperation with Springfield School District and Swarthmore-Rutledge School District, 30 hours o f guided observation in the spring follow ed by six weeks (120 hours) o f full-time teaching in the summer school in both remedial and enrichment classes. Students should enroll for this course at the January registration. They must be recommended by the college department whose subject they plan to teach. Elementary level: In cooperation with Springfield School District, a six weeks program o f full-time teaching (12 0 hours) under close supervision by master teachers in the Springfield Elementary Summer School which embraces both remedial and enrichment reading and arithmetic, as well as science, geography, and creative writing. Prerequisite: Education 14 and recommendation o f the department o f psy­ chology and education. 17. Problems in U rban Education . Mrs. Brodhead. Fall semester This course considers the problems o f schools in big cities, related to topics such as financial support, community relations, professional staff, curricular changes, pupil personnel. A weekly seminar, individual study, and field investigation in the City o f Philadelphia. Limited enrollment. H onors Seminars 101. Perception. Mr. Wallach. Fall semester Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects. T he student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanics, particularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this seminar. Specific topics covered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth and distance, size, movement, influences of learning and needs and attitudes, general theory o f perception. W h en time permits, some attention is given to parallel problems in other senses. 102. Learning and Behavior T heory . Mr. Bernheim. Spring semester The major phenomena o f learning and conditioning— taken largely from the animal level— are discussed. An attempt is made to systematize the experi­ 176 mental literature on each topic. The relationship o f motivational concepts to learning is discussed and the major theories o f learning and some recent mathematical theories are considered. The laboratory acquaints students with problems and methods of experimentation in learning. An opportunity for original research is provided. 103. A bnormal Psychology. Mr. Rosenhan. Spring semester T w o conceptions o f abnormal behavior, the psychoanalytic and the social psychological, are examined, mainly from a developmental point o f view. Problems o f state and trait, and o f cognitive, affective, and behavioral change are considered. 104. Individual in Society. Mr. Peabody. Pnll semester The relationship between man and his society. Basic processes including the understanding o f other persons, theories o f cognitive consistency, group in­ fluence and conformity, the psychology o f language. Applications to political attitudes, group prejudice. The relation o f attitudes and personality. The relation o f psychology to the social sciences. 105. P ersonality. Mr. Levin. Spring semester A scrutiny o f attempts to build an objective basis for 1 understanding the •person as a whole.” Contrasting theoretical orientations, techniques o f obser­ vation, and specific problems w ill be examined. Theoretical orientations: psychoanalysis, factor analysis, learning theory, phenomenology. Observation techniques: interviews, questionnaires, fantasy material. Problems: aggression, need achievement, prediction, psychotherapy, and psychological maturity. |fe|j semester 106. D evelopment. Mr. Levin. The development o f complex psychological processes in the individual will be studied. Problems o f intellectual, linguistic, and social development will be stressed. W h ile the focus w ill be on the child, relevant studies o f other species w ill also be examined. Observing o f preschool children w ill be required. 107. Psycholinguistics and C ommunication . Mr. Feldman. Spring semester An intensive study o f certain communication processes and o f the psychologi­ cal aspects o f human language. Specific topics include: words as motivational signs, the meaning o f compounds, non-verbal signs and style as a determinant o f perceptual and logical processes. Some individual experimental research is anticipated. 108. M emory, T hinking , Language. An inquiry into human cognitive processes, including human learning, memory functions, thinking, and language phenomena. Topics to be considered will be: principles o f association; association and perceptual organization; recog­ nition and recall; interference phenomena; trace theory; attention and mental set; concept formation; problem-solving and insight; symbolic operations; semantic and syntatic processes. 109. Comparative and Physiological Psychology. Mr. Thompson. The genetic, developmental, and physiological determinants o f animal behavior. The seminar w ill explore in detail experimental and field studies o f behavior in a few selected animal species. Generalizations derived from the study of animal behavior w ill be brought to bear on problems in human behavior and behavior pathology. 120. T hesis. A ll members of the department. May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is doing major work in psychology with three seminars, and provided some member o f the department is available to undertake the direction o f the thesis. 177 M a s t e r ’s D eg ree A limited number o f students may be accepted for graduate study toward the Master’s degree in psychology (see p. 7 3 ). Students receiving the Bachelor's degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work. The program o f work for the Master’s degree requires the completion o f four seminars, or their equivalent. One o f the seminars must be a research seminar lead­ ing to a Thesis. The work o f the seminars is judged by external examiners. The re­ quirements for the Master’ s degree can normally be completed in one year. 178 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY A ssociate Professor: Leon Bramson , Chairman f A ssistant Professors: A smarom L egesse R obert C. M itchell Steven Piker Instructors : V ictor N ovick Jon V a n T il Although Sociology and Anthropology arose initially out o f divergent historical traditions, they are engaged in a common task. Studies in the Department are directed toward the discovery o f the general principles which help to explain the order, meaning, and coherence o f human social and cultural life. T o that end, work in the Department w ill emphasize the comparative analysis o f societies and social institutions; the structure and functioning of human communities; the principles o f social organization and disorganization; and the conditions which tend to foster continuity and change, consensus and conflict. Emphasis w ill also be laid on the relevance o f Sociology and Anthropology to social problems in the modem age, particularly to the question o f the nature, conditions and limits o f human freedom. R equirements and R ecommendations Course 1 is prerequisite to all other work in the Department. Beginning with the class o f 1969, Course majors w ill customarily write a thesis in their senior year. Course majors w ill take a minimum o f eight courses in the Department, including the introductory course and Course 9 8 -9 9 (thesis). In general, students who take a course may not take the corresponding seminar. Courses 1. Introduction to Sociology and A nthropology . Members o f the Department. Fall semester An exploration o f fundamental factors in human group life and the context o f human development in families, communities, castes, classes; folk, peasant and urban societies. Am ong topics to be studied comparatively are childrearing, urbanism, social stratification, and cultural change. 22. Race and Ethnic Relations in the U nited States. Mr. Van Til. Ethnic and minority relations in America, their structure and patterns of change. Particular emphasis w ill be placed on the American N egro: the development o f subcultures, effects of racial discrimination on the individual, and social movements arising out o f the acculturation process. The experi­ ence o f other ethnic groups, the melting-pot thesis, and the persistence of religious subcultures w ill also be studied. N ot offered in 1968-69. 23. Comparative Social O rganization . Mr. Novick. Spring semester Examination o f the social, economic, and political systems o f primitive hunting-gathering and simple agriculture societies. Effects o f envirorunent on demography and complexity o f organization. Comparison with primate societies. t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69. 179 2 3A . Selected T opics in Comparative Social O rganization . Mr. Novick, Mr. Rawson, Mr. Thompson. H alf course, spring semester Evening film and lecture series on the social organization o f various animal species, including man. Films, speakers, readings, and discussions concern­ ing the environmental and structural forces which shape social groups. Designed for students w ho have had, or are taking concurrently, SociologyAnthropology 23, Psychology 36, or Z oology 60. 24. Societies and Cultures of A frica. Mr. Legesse. Spring semester A survey o f the major traditional institutions o f Africa. Special attention w ill be given to the contributions o f African studies to theories o f social structure and personality. Representative societies w ill be discussed in detail, including the Tiv, Nuer, Galla, and Amhara. 25. Com munity Studies: Latin A merica. Mr. Novick. Spring semester A n examination o f ethnographic accounts o f rural communities in Latin America, with emphasis on theoretical issues associated with the definition of types o f communities. Detailed study o f social, economic, and political organization o f these communities. Topics w ill include interpretation of local community organization in a national and international context; social stratification; and the process o f change, including directed change and "community development.” 26. Societies and Cultures of Southeast A sia. Mr. Piker. Spring semester This course w ill deal with the cultures o f Theravada Southeast Asia (Ceylon, Burma, Thailand, Cambodia, and L aos). Particular emphasis w ill be given to the development o f contemporary social, political, and religious institutions; to the interplay o f Indian and Chinese influences in the emergence o f modern Southeast Asia; and to the significance o f traditional institutions for current trends in that region. 27. Social Change . Mr. Mitchell. Fall semester Classical and contemporary theories o f social change, with case studies. Am ong topics to be considered: equilibrium and conflict models o f society, causes and types o f response to change, industrialization and modernization. Particular attention w ill be given to the modernization process in Africa. 28. Cities and Society. Mr. Van Til. Spring semester The historical growth o f cities, the social structure o f urban areas, impact of urbanization on social relations, and the emergent ideologies o f city life con­ sidered from the main perspectives o f urban sociology. Topics o f special interest include the structure and process o f metropolitan life, the consequences o f urbanization for rural life and small towns, the prospects for urban plan­ ning, and the contemporary crisis o f the cities. 29. Sociology of R eligion. Mr. Mitchell. Spring semester Examination o f the relationship between religion and society. Sociological theories o f religion, religious organization and behavior, religion and social change, processes o f institutionalization and secularization. 50. M odern Social T heory . Mr. Bramson. Fall semester The social and intellectual background o f the rise o f social science, with con­ sideration o f selected social theorists and emphasis on the relation o f ideology to theory and research. Am ong the topics discussed are individualism, progress, elitism, racism, collectivism, and war. 180 56. Social Psychology. Mr. Feldman. Fall semester A n examination o f theory and research relevant to the understanding o f social interaction from a psychological viewpoint. Special emphasis w ill be placed on social perception and its distortion, attitude development and change, conformity, the relationship o f personality to social interaction, and social motivation. 57-8. Colloquium : Cross-Cultural Study of Y outh . Mr. Legesse. Spring semester A n anthropological examination o f the structural, cultural, responses to conflict between generations. Am ong topics to the functions o f initiation ceremonies; the role o f youth change; age sets, gangs and secret societies in preliterate as industrial societies. 60. M ethods of Social Research. Mr. Mitchell. and psychological be discussed are: cultures in social well as in urbanSpring semester A n introduction to the empirical study of society. Am ong topics for study are: the philosophical basis o f social inquiry, the design o f social research, problems o f sampling, measurement, data-collection and interpretation, ethno­ graphic field methods, cross-cultural method, and the role o f social research in contemporary society. Students w ill participate in research projects. 62. Political Sociology. Mr. Gilbert. Spring semester T he relation o f politics to basic social structures, processes and traditions. Study o f problems, concepts and theories about politics viewed as human behavior. The specific topics will vary from year to year. T o be offered in 1969-70. 63. Psychological A nthropology . Mr. Piker. Fall semester A study o f cultural differences from the standpoint o f the socialization process. A comparative analysis of the ways in which patterns o f behavior are trans­ mitted through the family and related institutions. A n assessment o f the significance o f this approach for fields o f social and cultural anthropology. 66. D irected Reading. Members o f the Department. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the students not dealt with in the regular course offerings. Consent o f the Chairman and o f the instructor is required. 67-8. C olloquium : H uman R esources. Mr. Bramson. Fall semester A research colloquium emphasizing the study o f the intersection o f the edu­ cational system and the occupational structure. Specific problems w ill include improvement o f the educational system, military manpower policy, the human career, and professionalization. Each member o f the colloquium w ill do a project. 69. T heories of Cultural Evolution . Mr. Novick. Spring semester The development o f types o f evolutionary theory in anthropology and its precursors in the 19th and 20th centuries. Attention w ill be given to the writings o f Darwin, Lamarck, Tylor, Morgan, Engels, Spencer, W hite, Steward, Sahlins, Service, and other evolutionary theorists. Special emphasis w ill be placed on contemporary theories and research in cultural evolution, and on topics such as the origins o f urbanism and o f the state. 98—99. T hesis. Members of the Department. Theses w ill be required o f all course majors beginning with the class of 1969- Seniors w ill normally take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tutorial (Course 98-99) during their senior year. Students are urged to have their thesis proposals approved as early as possible during the junior year. 181 H o n o r s Se m in a r s 102. Social Structure . Mr. Legesse. Fall semester The nature o f human social organization. Case materials w ill be drawn from a variety o f culture types and areas. Special emphasis w ill be given to nonWestern social structure and to recent theoretical developments in the analysis o f social organization. 103. Race and Culture . Mr. Van Til. Spring semester A comparative study o f the patterns of ethnic and minority relations in society, with consideration o f the factors underlying persistence and change. Race and culture w ill be related through an examination o f conflicts of values, social hierarchies, and the maintenance of subcultures. 104. Psychological A nthropology . Mr. Legesse, Mr. Piker. Spring semester The significance o f psychological theories for the analysis o f social and cultural systems. Special emphasis w ill be given to personality and social struc­ ture, religious belief systems, and comparative socialization within a variety o f cultural settings. 105. M odern Social T heory . Mr. Bramson. Spring semester The social and intellectual background o f the rise o f social science, with con­ sideration o f selected social theorists and emphasis on the relation o f ideology to theory and research in sociology. T o be offered in 1969-70. 106. Cultural Ecology. Mr. Novick. Fall semester An examination o f cultural systems viewed as adaptations to the physical, social, and political environment. Consideration w ill be given to theoretical issues o f cause and explanation in ecological studies; social and cultural adjustments to factors such as nutritional needs, population size and density, and natural resources. Case material w ill be drawn from the anthropological literature on primary bands, tribal societies, and pastoral nomads. 107. Sociology of R eligion. Mr. Piker. Spring semester An exploration o f the relationship between religion and society. Special em­ phasis w ill be given to the social and historical determinants o f changes in religious institutions, and to the adaptive qualities o f religious institutions in periods o f social upheaval. Case materials w ill be drawn largely from societies and religions o f South and Southeast Asia, principally Hinduism and Buddhism. W ork in the seminar w ill include a research project. 111. U rban Sociology. Mr. Van Til. Spring semester The historical growth o f cities, the social structure o f urban areas, impact o f urbanization on social relations, and the emergent ideologies o f city life considered from the main perspectives o f urban sociology. Topics o f special interest include the structure and process o f metropolitan life, the consequences o f urbanization for rural life and small towns, the prospects for urban plan­ ning, and the contemporary crisis o f the cities. 120. T hesis. Members of the Department. Honors students who choose to do so w ill customarily write theses during the senior year. Students are urged to have thesis proposals approved as early as possible during the junior year. 182 las Dana and Hallowell Dormitories for M en REFERENCE SECTION SWARTHMORE COLLEGE SWARTHMORE COLLEGE SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA V isitin g Examiners— 1968 A S T R O N O M Y : Professor Serge A. K orff, N ew York University; D r . K a j A a Strand , United States Naval Observatory. B IO L O G Y : D r . John M. Foster, National Science Foundation; Professor Fred­ erick J. G ottlieb, University of Pittsburgh; D r . Richard L. P enney , N ew York Zoological Society; Professor M ichel Rabinovitch , Rockefeller Uni­ versity; D r . John A. Romberger, Forest Service, U.S.D .A.; Professor M elvin Santer , Haverford College. Professor Jay M. A nderson, Bryn Mawr College; Professor H arold W . H eine, B u c knell University; Professor Frederick C. Strong, CHEMISTRY: III, University o f Bridgeport. Professor W . Robert Connor , Princeton University; James W . H alporn , Indiana University. CLASSICS: Professor ECONOM ICS: Professor M orton S. Baratz , Bryn Mawr C ollege; Professor Ralph E. Beals, Amherst C ollege; Professor H olland H unter , Haverford College; D r . V an D oorn O oms, Yale University; D r . Joseph A. Pechman , T he Brookings Institution. EN G IN EERIN G : Professor L. Paul Bolgiano, University o f Delaware; Pro­ fessor J. S. L ee, N orth Carolina State University; Professor Stephen S. W olff , T he Johns Hopkins University; D r. H suan Y eh , University of Pennsylvania. ENGLISH LITERATURE: Professor A lvin B. K ernan , Yale University; Pro­ fessor Isabel M ac Caffrey , Bryn M awr C ollege; Professor M ark Spilka , Brown University; Professor H elen V endler, Boston University. FINE ARTS: Professor Robert A. K och , Princeton University; D r . K enneth D. M atthews , Jr ., University Museum, University o f Pennsylvania; Pro­ fessor John W . M cC oubrey, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor James E. Snyder, Bryn Mawr C ollege; Professor A . Richard T urner , Princeton University. Professor Jeremy A dams, Yale University; Professor H ilary Conroy , University o f Pennsylvania; Professor D avid D onald , T he Johns Hopkins University; Professor Robert Forster, The Johns Hopkins Uni­ versity; Professor G raham Irwin , Columbia University; Professor A lex­ ander Riasanovsky, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Eugene Rice, Columbia University; Professor Caroline Robbins, Bryn M awr College. H IST O R Y: Professor O rhan A lisbah, Rutgers, T he State University; Professor M urray G erstenhaber, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Saul G orn , University o f Pennsylvania. M A TH EM A TICS: M O D ER N LAN G U AG ES FRENCH: Professor M ichel E. G uggenheim , Bryn Mawr C ollege; Professor A rmand H oog, Princeton University. G ER M AN : Professor T heodore Z iolkowski, Princeton University. RUSSIAN: Professor G eorge G ibian , Cornell University; Professor Frank Seeley, University o f Pennsylvania. SPANISH: Professor Joaquin G onzalez -M uela , Bryn Mawr College. MUSIC: Professor James H aar , University o f Pennsylvania; Professor D avid Lewin , State University o f N ew York, Stony Brook. 184 PH ILO SO PH Y: Professor N uel D. Belnap , Jr ., University of Pittsburgh; Pro­ fessor D aniel Bennett , University o f Massachusetts; Professor Russell M. D ancy , University o f Pittsburgh; Professor H oward K ee, D rew Uni­ versity Theological School; Professor John M acquarrie, Union Theological Seminary; Professor James Pritchard, University o f Pennsylvania; Pro­ fessor M urray Jerome Stolnitz , University o f Rochester. PHYSICS: Professor Stefan M achlup , Case Western Reserve University; Pro­ fessor D avid T. W ilkinson , Princeton University. PO LITICAL SCIENCE: Professor P eter Bachrach , Bryn Mawr C ollege; Pro­ fessor D aniel Cheever, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace; Pro­ fessor H olland H unter , Haverford College; Professor Francis Rourke , The Johns Hopkins University; Professor D ankwart Rustow , Columbia University; Professor Paul E. Sigmund, Princeton University. PSY C H O L O G Y : D r . K urt Back , Rockefeller University; Professor Brendan M aher , Brandéis University; Professor H arold G. M cCurdy, University o f N orth Carolina at Chapel H ill; D r . Edith N eimark, Douglass College, Rutgers, T he State University; Professor Paul Rozin , University o f Penn­ sylvania; Professor Carl B. Z uckerman , Brooklyn College. SO CIO LO G Y A N D A N T H R O P O L O G Y : Professor Francis L. K. H su, N orth­ western University; Professor T homas K irsch, Princeton University; Pro­ fessor Peter H. Rossi, The Johns Hopkins University; Professor K urt H. W olff , Brandéis University; Professor J. M ilton Y inger, Oberlin College. 185 DEGREES CONFERRED June 10, 1968 Bachelor of A rts In the D ivision o f the Humanities Emily Elizabeth A lbrink Katherine Spencer Larner (Philosophy) M ichael Charles A lexander (History) (Greek) Patricia Layne (English Literature) Lucy Jean A n n Leu (French) Joan Elizabeth Foley Lewis * (English Literature) Frances Ruth Batzer (Fine Arts) Lorraine Carol Lidoff (R eligion) Julian M. Lopez-M orillas (H istory) Florence D aly Battis Edwin A llen Battle (Fine Arts) N ancy W inship Bennett A lfred G. Brauch Emily Florence Brower (Fine Arts) (Philosophy) (English Literature) (Latin) Lise Luborsky K athy Jean M acLeod (English Literature) (Fine Arts) M elissa A nn Cannon (English Jeffrey Burnham Carter (English Caroline Jean Ciancutti (English D avid M. Cohen (English Colin A lder Connery * Linda Bergling Creasey Literature) Literature) Literature) Literature) (Religion) Jean Celia M araniss (Russian) John F. M cD larmid (History) Peter Jacob M eyer (History) Lenore M iller (Fine Arts) Sandra Elizabeth M iller (French) Eleanor Lincoln M orse (English Literature) M artha W illiams M undy (Greek) Barbara Patterson N evling (Religion) (English Literature) Robin D arr (Fine Arts) K aren V irginia D avis (Fine Arts) Jonathan Stewart D ewald (H istory) N ancy Louise Eichhorn M argaret Elaine N ewcomb Leonard H . O rr N ancy M arion Pepper (Fine Arts) (Philosophy) (English Literature) James M yron P erry (English Literature) (English Literature) N orma Elias (English Literature) Barry Feldman (Fine Arts) Richard G oddard Figiel Robert Emil Pollock (M usic) Paul R. Prinzhorn (Philosophy) Frances K atherine Racine (English Literature) D onna Elaine Fischer (English Literature) Barbara S. G ard (Philosophy) Susan M onteith G ibson (English Literature) G eorge E. G ill (History) G lenna Elizabeth G iveans (Spanish) K enneth K ells G uilmartin (English Literature) K athleen H all (English Literature) M artha O liphant H astings (Latin) T eresa H ealy (English Literature) Paul Jan H orsting (English Literature) (Latin) (G reek) (H istory) (Russian) Sarah Bronwyn H urd Carolyn A lice Jones D orine K eith Emily R uth K lenin * As o f the Class o f 1967. 186 (G reek) Barbara Rickards (Fine Arts) Robert Philip Robertson (French) Robert Charles R oper(History) D iana Royce (English Literature) Susan Jo Russell (English Literature) Lucy Elisabeth Schneider (English Literature) Carol Shloss (English Literature) M ary M elinda Solberg (History) Sarah Inglehart Steever (Fine Arts) Susan G elletly Steinbrook (M usic) M aria G izella L. Szilagyi (Fine Arts) Barbara Lyn n T heim (Religion) Paul R. T him (English Literature) A pril A ne W all * (French) James H erman W aters (Psychology) Janet M argaret W eiss (English Literature) T homas W olf A nita H. W yzanski * Edith T. Y oung (H istory) (Fine Arts) (R eligion) In the D ivision o f the Social Sciences W alter Luiz A damson (Political Science) (H istory) Stephen L. A lloy Susan W hitin A lmy Jay Ross K aplan (Economics) Christopher Lowell K ing ( Sociology-Anthropology) H arold Joseph K walwasser ( Sociology-Anthropology) Richard T aylor A ndrews, III J. Stannard Baker T . K ermit Larsen (Political Science) (H istory) Robert Edward Bartkus (Political Science) (Psychology) (Political Science) Paul Leavin Susan D workin L evering ( Sociology-Anthropology) (Econom ics) (Psychology) Rona Lieberman (Psychology) Robert Russell M ac Leod, Jr. ( Sociology-Anthropology) Ray Pratt M cClain (History) D aphne Jean M cD onnell Julie A ndrea Biddle Eric StoWell Blumberg (Economics) D aniel Ray Botsford, Jr . (Political Science) M ary Imogen B owers (Psychology) D elmer Ren Brown (H istory) Frank Ira Brown (Political Science) Katherine C onner ( Sociology-Anthropology ) Paul Courant (H istory) A lbert James D avis (Econom ics) Ronald J D iamond (Psychology) W illiam H enry Lanier D orsey ( Sociology-Anthropology) Maureen J. D urham (Psychology & Sociology-Anthropology) (H istory) W illiam J. Edgar Lyn n M organ Etheredge ( Sociology-Anthropology ) Sandra M artin M cLanahan ( Sociology-Anthropology ) N anine M eiklejohn (History) Fred H uggett M ontgomery (Economics) Robert Forder N agel (Political Science) W illiam E. Peterson (Econom ics) W ayne K ief Patterson (H istory) Jane S. Prichard ( Sociology-Anthropology) John D avid Reed, Jr. (History) Bruce W illiam Reedy (Political Science) (Econom ics) D aniel Fulton Eubank (Econom ics) Peter H owland Fraser (H istory) Charles A ugustus Floto (Philosophy) Joyce Y vonne Frisby (Mathematics) Carl Frederick G oodwin (H istory) Peter W . G utterman (History) Joseph H enry H afkenschiel, III (Econom ics) Michael D avid H alpern A nthony Roberti (H istory) Bruce Lindsley Rockwood (H istory) K irk Burns Roose (Philosophy) A lta Renee M argulis Ross (Political ScienceInternational Relations) W illiam D avid R ubinstein (H istory) Samuel Sylvester Shepherd, Jr. ( Sociology-Anthropology) N eal Philip Sherman (Political Science) (Political Science) Harriet A n n H eisler D avid W . Singleton ( Sociology-Anthropology ) ( Sociology-Anthropology ) Sarah Elizabeth H ollister ( Sociology-Anthropology) Robert M yrwang H olum M ark Stephen Smith (Mathematics) Susan Louise Smith (H istory) M arc Jay Sónnenfeld (Economics) Jonathan Edward Summerton (Econom ics) (Econom ics) Joya K ikue T anaka • W endy Jean H yatt ( Sociology-Anthropology) Joan Bailey Ingram (Econom ics) Jane Jewell (Political Science) M eredith Jocelyn Jones ( Economics) * As of the Class o f 1967. 1 87 (Political Science) Ralph Jeffrey T eutsch (Mathematics) Bruce Campbell T ift ( Sociology-Anthropology) Roberta Reveley W elte M argaret Carlie U pdike . (Psychology) (Psychology) Joseph D urant Cooper W ilson, III Corinne Coles W ebster (Econom ics) (Psychology) In the D ivision o f the Natural Sciences John D ouglas M elbourne D iane Brett A lexander (Z o o lo g y ) (Mathematics) (B iology) (Physics) (B iology) (Mathematics) Christopher M iller (Physics) G eoffrey Seta M waungulu A ndrea Lyn n A llen V ytenis Babrauskas M ary Lee Bannister Craig John Benham M arsha A. M cA fee Bera (Z o o lo g y ) Robert H oward Pollack (B iology) Joseph G riffin Rosenbaum (Mathematics) (Mathematics) A gnes M ary Brezak (Z oo lo g y ) Robert Randall Cadmus, Jr . Lee A. Sanders (Chemistry) Jorge Louis Sarmiento (Chemistry) John , O tto Schairer (Physics) Craig A ndrew Schrauf (Chemistry) John Joseph Seidenfeld (Physics) W illiam Joseph Combi (Psychology) A lma D om jan (Chemistry) Ellis Frederick Feinstein (Chemistry) (Mathematics) (Physics) K enneth M arc Shell (Chemistry) Lawrence James Smith (Physics) W illiam H enry Stanton A rthur Jablow Fink W illiam Franklin Finzer , Jr. (Physics) (Psychology) Jennifer Jean H aines (Z oo lo g y ) D avid Frank H astings (Z oo lo g y ) T imothy K eith-Lucas (Psychology) D avid Soung K im (Z o o lo g y ) Leo M arx Leva (Z oo lo g y ) Lewis M. Lutton (Z o o lo g y ) John Cromwell M ather (Physics)' Richard Ross M cC urdy Robert Bowen Suter (Z oolog y ) D avid Ernest Swanson (Physics) Carol Jean M cK night T almage (Psychology) Patricia Lyn n T olins . (Z oolog y ) Jean Louise W arren (Physics) Eileen Joyce W halen (Chemistry) Paris W orthington (Mathematics) Chitra Y ang (B iology) (Mathematics) (Z o o lo g y ) Jean M cLaughlin Bachelor of Science In the D ivision o f E ngineering V alentine James M iller Samuel A mos Brackeen, III (Mechanical Engineering) (C ivil Engineering) John T homas O ldenburg Carlos Chucuyan G uerra (Electrical Engineering) (Mechanical Engineering) W ilbur G uy Streams Bruce Jameson Connor (Mechanical Engineering) (C ivil Engineering) John V an N este T almage, III H ugh D exter Farley , Jr . (Mechanical Engineering) (Mechanical Engineering) John W infield W eisel Richard Lane G regor (Electrical Engineering) (Mechanical Engineering) G ary S. Y ablick Roger H illson (Electrical Engineering) (Electrical Engineering) W illiam E. Z immer Robert H oe, VI (Mechanical Engineering) (Mechanical Engineering) M aster of A rts Jesus Francisco V illamediana Rincon 188 Astronomy H onorary DOCTOR DOCTOR D O C TO R D O C TO R D O C TO R OF OF OF OF OF LAW S LAW S LAW S LA W S LAW S W illiam D egrees John K ing Fairbank A lbert Branson M aris H oward Charles Petersen Courtney H amilton Prentice L eon H oward Sullivan 189 AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS June 10, 1968 H onors A warded by the V isiting Examiners H O N O RS: Michael Charles Alexander, Susan W hitin Almy, Robert Edward Bartkus, Nancy W inship Bennett, Frank Ira Brown, Jeffrey Burnham Carter, Katherine Conner, Albert James Davis, Ronald J Diamond, Alma Domjan, Nancy Louise Eichhorn, Daniel Fulton Eubank, Ellis Frederick Feinstein, Arthur Jablow Fink, Michael David Halpern, Ray Pratt McClain, Daphne Jean McDonnell, Lenore Miller, John Thomas Oldenburg, Leonard H. Orr, Nancy Marion Pepper, Jane S. Prichard, Bruce Lindsley Rockwood, Diana Royce, William David Rubinstein, Susan Jo Russell, John Otto Schairer, Samuel Sylvester Shepherd, Jr., Susan Louise Smith, Marc Jay Sonnenfeld, Susan Gelletly Steinbrook, David Ernest Swanson, Bruce Campbell T ift, Margaret Carlie Updike, Gary S. Yablick. H IG H H O N O RS: W alter Luiz Adamson, Craig John Benham, Melissa Ann Cannon, Paul Courant, Jonathan Stewart Dewald, W illiam J. Edgar, Lynn Morgan Etheredge, William Franklin Finzer, Jr., Jennifer Jean Haines, Carolyn A lice Jones, Emily Ruth Klenin, Harold Joseph Kwalwasser, Leo Marx Leva, Jean Celia Maraniss, Sandra Martin McLanahan, Robert Forder Nagel, Frances Katherine Racine, Robert Charles Roper, Lucy Elisabeth Schneider, Craig Andrew Schrauf, Neal Philip Sherman. H IGHEST H O N O RS: John Cromwell Mather, John F. McDiarmid, Mark Stephen Smith. D istinction in C ourse A warded by the Faculty Diane Brett Alexander, Florence Daly Battis, Agnes Mary Brezak, Karen Virginia Davis, Susan Monteith Gibson, Glenna Elizabeth Giveans, Joan Bailey Ingram, Lucy Jean Ann Leu, Lise Luborsky, Kathy Jean MacLeod, Val­ entine James Miller, Eleanor Lincoln Morse, Martha W illiams Mundy, Lee A. Sanders, Carol Shloss, Janet Margaret Weiss, Roberta Reveley W elte. Elections to H onorary Societies PHI BETA K APPA: W alter Luiz Adamson, Diane Brett Alexander, Michael Charles Alexander, Florence Daly Battis, Agnes Mary Brezak, Melissa Ann Cannon, Katherine Conner, Jonathan Stewart Dewald, W illiam J. Edgar, W illiam Franklin Finzer, Jr., Glenna Elizabeth Giveans, Jennifer Jean Haines, Joan Bailey Ingram, Carolyn A lice Jones, Emily Ruth Klenin, Harold Joseph Kwalwasser, Lucy Jean Ann Leu, Jean Celia Maraniss, John Cromwell Mather, Ray Pratt McClain, John F. McDiarmid, Daphne Jean M cDonnell, Martha Williams Mundy, Robert Forder Nagel, Nancy Marion Pepper, Robert Charles Roper, Lee A. Sanders, Lucy Elisabeth Schneider, Neal Philip Sherman, Mark Stephen Smith, Janet Margaret Weiss. SIG M A X I : Diane Brett Alexander, Mary Lee Bannister, Agnes Mary Brezak, Robert Randall Cadmus, Jr., Alma Domjan, Arthur Jablow Fink, W illiam Franklin 190 Finzer, Jr., David Frank Hastings, John Cromwell Mather, Christopher Miller, Valentine James Miller, Geoffrey Seta Mwaungulu, John Thomas Oldenburg, Lee A. Sanders, John Otto Schairer, Mark Stephen Smith, Robert Bowen Suter, D avid Ernest Swanson, Jesus Francisco Villamediana, Jean Louise Warren. SIGM A T A U : Robert Hoe, V I, Valentine James Miller, John Thomas Oldenburg, John W in ­ field W eisel, Gary S. Yablick. S W A R T H M O R E C O L L E G E F E L L O W S H IP A W A R D S The The The The The Hannah A . Leedom Fellow ship to A gnes M ary Brezak . Joshua L ippincott Fellow ship to Martha W illiams M undy . John L ockw ood m em orial Fellow ship to N ancy W inship Bennett . Lucretia M ott Fellow ship to Lucy Elisabeth Schneider. Martha E. Tyson Fellow ship to Jennifer Jean H aines. Sp e c i a l The The The The The The The The The The A w ards Ivy Award to Ray P. M cC lain . Oak Leaf Award to D iana Royce. M cCabe Engineering Award to V alentine James M iller . Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship to M ichael S. Schudson. John R ussell H ayes P oetry P rizes: first prize, D onald E. M itchell; second prize, Paul J. D iM aggio. L ois M orrell Poetry Aw ard: Leonard H. O rr. W illiam Plum er P otter Public Speaking Fund Awards: The Potter One-Act Play Contest: prizes awarded to Paul Leavin , Lucy E. Schneider, and M arc S. W alter . The Potter Short Story Contest: prizes awarded to Richard G . Figiel, Leonard H. O rr, and M ichael S. Schudson. The Potter Poetry Reading Contest: first prize, G arth S. M acD onald ; second prize, Susan L. Foster; third prize, R. Philip Robertson. Brand Blanshard P rize to Charles A . Floto . Phi Beta Kappa P rize to N ancy Y . Bekavac. Scott Award to W alter C. Bond . 191 Enrollment of Students by Classes— 1967-68 Seniors ............................. J u n io rs ................................ S op h om ores....................... Fresh m en ........................... M en 124 134 157 155 W om en 83 113 120 125 Total undergraduates Special Students .............. Graduate Students ......... 570 4 3 441 5 1 1,011 9 4 577 447 1,024 Totals ....................... G e o g r a p h ic a l Pennsylvania .................................. N ew Y o r k ....................................... N ew Jersey .................................... California ...................................... Connecticut .................................... Massachusetts ................................ Maryland ......................................... O hio ............................................... Virginia ........................................... Illinois ............................................. Delaware ......................................... District o f Columbia .................. Michigan ......................................... North Carolina ............................. Texas ...................................... .. Colorado ......................................... Minnesota ....................................... W a s h in g to n .................................... Florida ............................................. In d ia n a ............................................. M a in e ................................................ Missouri ........................................... Vermont ......................................... W isconsin ....................................... Iowa ..............* ............................... Tennessee . . .................................. South Carolina ......... .................... Hawaii ............................................. N ew Hampshire ........................... N ew M exico ................................ O r e g o n ................ ............................ W est V ir g in ia ................................ Georgia ........................................... Kentucky ......................................... Nebraska ......................................... A la b a m a ........................................... Arizona ........................................... Kansas ............................................. Oklahoma ....................................... Rhode I s la n d .................................. Alaska ............................................. Louisiana ......................................... Total 207 247 277 280 D is t r ib u t io n — 1 9 6 7 -6 8 200 181 85 53 42 41 39 33 30 26 24 20 17 14 14 13 12 12 10 Mississippi .................. North D a k ota -................ Utah ................................. W y o m in g ......................... Canal Zone .................... Total U .S.A ................. 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 . 972 Canada ............................. Japan ............................... Greece ............................. Colombia ......................... Germany ......................... 8 5 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I n d ia ............................. .... Nicaragua ....................... Peru . . .............................. Afghanistan .................... A lg e r ia ............................. Belgium ........... ............... Brazil ................................ 9 8 8 8 8 7 6 5 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ecuador ........................... Guatemala ....................... Italy .................................. M a la w i............................. M e x i c o ............................. Netherlands .................... Portugal ........................... R h od esia ........................... S eychelles......................... Spain ................................ Switzerland .................... T a iw a n ............................. V en ezu ela ......................... — Total from abroad . . . Grand Total .................. 1 92 52 1,024 Index Absence from Classes and Collection, 70 Absence from Examinations, 71 Academic Requirements, Committee on, 22, 71 Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See Swarthmore College Peace Collection) Administrative Officers, 24-28 Admissions Procedure, 32-35 Application Dates, 33, 34 Scholastic Aptitude and Achieve­ ment Tests, 33-34 School Subjects Recommended, 33 Advanced Degrees, 73-74 Advanced Placement, 35 Advanced Standing, 35 Advisers, 55-56 Alumni Association, Officers of, 11 Alumni Council, 11 Alumni Office, 27, 55 Arthur H oyt Scott Horticultural Foun­ dation, 50-51 Art History, 80-82 Art, Studio, 83 Arts Center, 51 Astronomical Observatory, 48, 84 Astronomy, Courses in, 84-85 Athletic Fields, see Map, 196 Attendance at Classes and Collection, 70 Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 56 Awards and Prizes, 74-76, 190-191 Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 72 Bachelor o f Science Degree, 72 Barnard Music Fund, 52 Bartol Research Foundation, 48 Benjamin W est House, 51, 196 Benjamin W est Lecture, 51 Biology, Courses in, 86-91 Board o f Managers, Committees of, 9, 10 Board o f Managers, Members, of, 8, 9 Botany, Courses in, 88-89 Buildings, see Map, 196 Calendar, College, 5-6 Chemistry, Courses in, 92-95 Churches, 54 Classics, Courses in, 96-100 Collection Attendance, Regulation con­ cerning, 54, 70 College Entrance Examinations, 33-34 College Jobs, 47 Committees o f the Board o f Managers, 9, 10 Committees o f the Faculty, 22-23 Comprehensive Examination, 63, 72 Computer Center, 51 Cooper (W illiam J.) Foundation, 49-50 Cooperation with Neighboring Institu­ tions, 68 Corporation, Officers of, 8 Course Advisers, 55, 63 Courses o f Instruction, 79-182 Curriculum, 62ff Cutting (Bronson M .) Collection, 51 Degrees Offered, 72-74 Degrees Conferred, 186-189 Dining Hall, 53 Directions for Correspondence, 2 Directions for Reaching the College, 34 Distinction in course, 65 Divisions and Departments, 23 Dormitories, 53 Dramatics, 59 duPont (Pierre S.) Science Building, 48 Economics, Courses in, 101-103 Education, Courses in, 172, 176 Educational Program, 62ff Emeritus Professors, 13 Engineering, Courses in, 104-116 Engineering, Degrees in, 63, 72-74, 104 English Literature, Courses in, 117-121 Entrance Requirements, 32-35 Examination Regulations, 71-72 Examinations, College Board, 33-34 Exclusion from College, 72 Expenses, 36 Extra-Curricular Activities, 58 Faculty, Members of, 13-21 Faculty Regulations, 56, 70-72 Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 36, 73 Fellowships, 76-77 Financial A id, 37 Fine Arts, see Art History Foreign Language Requirements, 63-64 Foreign Students, 192 Foreign Study, 68-69 Fraternities, 60 French, Courses in, 136-139 Friends Historical Library, 25, 48 Friends Meeting, 54 Geographical Distribution o f Students, 192 193 Index Pre-Medical Program, 67 Prizes, 74-75, 191 Program of Study , 62-67 For Freshmen and Sophomores, 6364 For Juniors and Seniors, 64-67 Honors Work*’ 65-67 Pre-Medical Program, 67 Psychology, Courses in, 172-178 Public Speaking Prizes, 75, 191 German Language and Literature, Courses in, 139-142 Grades, 70 Graduate Study, 73-74 Graduation, Requirements For, 72 Greek Language and Literature, Courses in, 96 Health, Care o f Students, 54-55 History, Courses in, 122-126 Honors, Reading for, 65-67 Honors Examiners, 184-185 Housing, 53 Religion, Courses in, 153-157 Religious Life, 52 Requirements for Admission, 32-34 Requirements for Graduation, 72 Residence, Regulations concerning, 53 Rhodes Scholarship Trust, 2 Russian, Courses in, 142-143 Insurance, 53 Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 37, 55 International Relations, Courses in, 127, 166 Scholarships, 37-46 Scholastic Aptitude Test, 33-34 Scott (Arthur H oyt) Horticultural Foun­ dation, 50 Sharpies D ining Hall, 53 Social Committee, 58 Sociology and Anthropology, 179-182 Spanish, Courses in, 144-145 Spock (Betty Dougherty) Memorial Fund, 52 Sproul Observatory, 48, 84 States, Summary o f Students by, 192 Student Activities Bulletin, 60 Student Council, 57 Student Employment, 47 Studio Arts, 83 Study Abroad, 68-69 Summer School W ork, 72 Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 25, 48 Language Laboratory, 51 Latin Language and Literature, Courses in, 97-98 Libraries, 25, 48 Linguistics, 136 Loans to Students, 46 Managers, Board of, 8, 9 Map o f College Grounds, 195 Martin Biological Laboratory, 48 Mathematics, Courses in, 128-132 McCabe Library, 48 Meeting House, 54, 196 Men’s Student Government, 57 Music, Courses in, 146-149 National Scholarships, 38 News Office, 55 Objectives and Purposes, 30 Observatory, Astronomical, 48, 84 Overstreet Fund, 52 Tarble Social Center, 57 Theater W orkshop, 120 Transfer, Application for, 35 Tuition and Other Fees, 36 Philosophy, Courses in, 150-157 Physical Education for Men, 158-159 Physical Education for W om en, 160-161 Physical Education Requirements, 72, Vocational Advising, 55 158-161 Physics, Courses in, 162-165 Plan o f College Grounds, 196 Poetry workshop, 120 Political Science, Courses in, 166-171 Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature, 51 West', Benjamin, Lecture, 51 W om en’s Student Government Associa­ tion, 58 W orth Health Center, 54 Zoology, Courses in, 89-91 194 Swarthmore Gollege grounds Key to the Map Parrish H all Parrish H all A nn ex D uPont Science Building H icks H all Bartol Foundation President’ s H ouse W w ittier H ouse Friends M eeting H ouse Siim enl A rts Center fear son T heatre vilcox Gallery T rfyter H all B eardsley H all Mafrtin Building and Anim al Labor­ atory Shfarples P ool Hwill Gymnasium Scmott Foundation Building Scmott O utdoor Auditorium SMrroul O bservatory Cglothier M em orial AcCabe Library Smtudents Observatory 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Bond M em orial and Lodges Benjamin W est H ouse W orth H ealth Center Tarble Social Center Sharpies D ining H all Lam b-M iller Field H ouse C lothier Fields Prep Gymnasium Barn Service Building H eating Plant H ockey Fields Tennis Courts H ydraulic Laboratory Dorlmitories Fraternity Lodges A Domna D orm itory B UW allowell D orm itory C barton H all W illets D orm itory W orth D orm itory Palmer H all i G Pittenger H all H Roberts H all J Ashton H ouse K W oolm an H ouse L Robinson H ouse M Mary Lyon Buildings P Professors’ Residences Q Em ployees’ H ouses a Kappa Sigma Pi b' Tau Alpha Omicron c Phi Sigma Kappa d D elta Upsilon e Phi Omicron Psi 195 Catalogue Issue September 1968 SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081. Return requested.